Quarterlytics / Basic Materials / Chemicals / Tronox Holdings plc

Tronox Holdings plc

trox · NYSE Basic Materials
Claim this profile
Ticker trox
Exchange NYSE
Sector Basic Materials
Industry Chemicals
Employees 6500
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Tronox Holdings plc
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
The siding on your house. 

The color of the walls.

The ceramic tiles on your floor.

The cereal box in the pantry.

The screen-printed logo on your shirt.

Your cell phone case.

Tronox is there.

T R O N O X   L I M I T E D   2 0 1 7   A N N U A L   R E P O R T

 
 
 
 
F I N A N C I A L   H I G H L I G H T S

TRONOX is a public limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia. We are a global  
leader in the mining of titanium-bearing mineral sands and the production of titanium dioxide (TiO2) pigment. Our TiO2 
products are critical components of everyday applications, such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper and other 
uses. Products we derive from mineral sands include titanium feedstock, zircon and pig iron. Zircon, a hard, glossy 
mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV screen glass, and a range of other industrial and 
chemical products. Pig iron is a metal material used in the steel and metal casting industries to create wrought iron, 
cast iron and steel. Titanium feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO2 pigment.

(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share amounts) 

2017 

2016(1) 

2015(1)

Sales 
Net loss from continuing operations 
Basic and diluted earnings per share from continuing operations  
Dividend paid per share 
Total assets 
Class A stock outstanding (at December 31) 

$1,698 
$    (93) 
$ (0.89) 
$  0.18 
$4,864 
92,541,463 

$1,309  
$  (139) 
$ (1.20) 
$0.385 
$4,964 
65,165,672 

$1,510
$  (372)
$ (3.31)
$  1.00
$5,027
64,521,851

(1) Reflects the impact of the revisions to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. 

SALES VOLUME DISTRIBUTION  
BY GEOGRAPHY

SALES VOLUME DISTRIBUTION  
BY END USE

  North America . . . . . . . . 40%
  Latin America  . . . . . . . . . 5%
  Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28%
  Asia-Pacific . . . . . . . . . . 27%

  Paints and Coatings  . . . 79%
  Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17%
  Paper and Specialty  . . . . 4%

FULL-TIME EMPLOYEES  
BY REGION

FULL-TIME VS. TEMPORARY  
EMPLOYEES/CONTRACTORS

  Australia  . . . . . . . . . . . . 18%
  The Netherlands 
  and Other  . . . . . . . . . . . . 8%
  South Africa . . . . . . . . . . 53%
  USA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21%

  Full-time Employees . . 3,300
   Temporary Employees/ 

Contractors . . . . . . . . . . . 100

Total Employees  . . . . . . . 3,400

L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

To my fellow shareholders:

It was an honor and privilege to be named CEO on  

December 1, 2017. While I am relatively new to the  

CEO role, I have served on the board of directors  

since 2011, and therefore started my new job with an  

informed belief in the long-term potential of Tronox to  

create significant value for our shareholders. 

Over the past few months, I have traveled to our sites 
around the world and spent time with employees at all 
levels of the organization. The sense of pride in Tronox’s 
accomplishments is palpable, as is the belief in our  
future potential. We are steadfast in our commitment  
to maintaining the momentum we have built in 2017.  
It is a time of exciting transformation at Tronox, and  
every part of the organization is ready to make the  
most of the opportunities at hand. All of us recognize  
that in today’s global economy, embracing change is  
an essential component of success. 

2017 in Review 
A brief reflection of the events of last year reveal what  
an extraordinary year it was for us: 

CRISTAL TRANSACTION 
In February 2017, we entered into an agreement to  
acquire the TiO2 business of The National Titanium  
Dioxide Company Limited of the Kingdom of Saudi  
Arabia, known as Cristal, a privately held global  
chemical and mining company, for $1.673 billion of  
cash and 37,580,000 Class A ordinary shares. 

Throughout the year, we worked hard to demonstrate to 
antitrust regulators around the world that the proposed 
transaction is procompetitive and will benefit customers 
in every market we serve. To date, we have received 
clearance from seven of the nine regulatory jurisdictions 
whose approvals are required to close the transaction. 
In December 2017, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission 
filed a lawsuit seeking to block the transaction, and  
in March 2018, the European Commission issued a 
Statement of Objections to the transaction. We continue 
to work with these regulatory authorities to demonstrate 
the procompetitive benefits of the Cristal acquisition and, 

if required, find an appropriate and proportionate  
resolution to any valid concerns. 

THE PASSING OF TOM CASEY
While much of 2017 was positive, there was also sadness. 

On May 15, 2017, Mr. Thomas Casey retired from his 
position as chief executive officer for health reasons.  
Tom remained chairman of the board until his untimely 
passing days later on May 25, 2017. Tom’s contributions 
to Tronox were immeasurable. He led the company 
through a period of growth, taking the helm as CEO 
months after its emergence from bankruptcy in 2011. 
Under his leadership, we completed the 2012 merger 
with Exxaro that made us a vertically integrated producer 
of TiO2, navigated a prolonged market downturn in  
2013-2015, and signed the transaction agreement to 
acquire Cristal. Those of us who had the privilege of 
working with Tom miss him greatly and will remember  
the positive impact he had on our company for years  
to come. 

MANAGEMENT CHANGES
After Tom’s retirement, and in accordance with the  
board’s executive leadership transition plan, Peter  
Johnston, one of the company’s Class A directors,  
assumed the role of interim chief executive officer,  
and Ilan Kaufthal, previously the company’s lead  
independent director, was elected as non-executive 
chairman of the board. The board also launched an  
extensive search for a new CEO, which culminated in  
my appointment. Due to the efforts of Peter and Ilan,  
the management transition was seamless, and the  
company continued to perform well throughout a  
period of uncertainty. 

L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

ALKALI SALE
On September 1, 2017, we completed the sale of our 
Alkali business to Genesis Energy, L.P., for proceeds  
of $1.325 billion in cash. This was an important step  
in positioning Tronox as the global leader in the TiO2  
industry, and the proceeds will be used to fund the  
majority portion of the cash consideration for the  
pending Cristal acquisition.

GLOBAL REFINANCING
In September 2017 and April 2018, we refinanced  
$3.2 billion of debt, which lowered our cost of debt  
and extended maturities, compared to the debt that  
has been repaid. The refinancing also provided us  
with some additional liquidity for the pending Cristal 
acquisition. Additionally, we improved our mix of  
secured and unsecured debt, and negotiated more  
favorable covenants with our lenders. 

EXXARO RESOURCES LIMITED  
SALE OF TRONOX SHARES
In October 2017, Exxaro Resources Limited, our largest 
shareholder, sold 22,425,000 Class A ordinary shares  
in an underwritten registered offering. As a result,  
Exxaro’s overall share ownership in Tronox decreased  
to approximately 24 percent, and its right to nominate  
directors decreased from three to two. The offering also 
resulted in an approximately 33 percent increase in  
Class A ordinary shares available to shareholders in  
the equity markets.

FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE 
The year was remarkable in that, in addition to managing 
through the changes and strategic transactions described 
above, the organization also delivered strong safety, 
operational and financial performance, as denoted by  
the following: 

Full Year 2017 Highlights(1)

$1,698 million

Revenue, 
up 30% vs. 2016

$345 million

TiO2 free cash flow,(4)  
up 33% vs. 2016(2)

$261 million

TiO2 income from operations 

$138 million

Income from operations

$500 million

TiO2 adjusted EBITDA,(3) 
up 112% vs. 2016 (margin of 29%, Non-GAAP)

$420 million 

Adjusted EBITDA,(3)  
up 153% vs. 2016 (Non-GAAP)

Robust TiO2 results 

Achieved via strong commercial performance + cost reductions + cash generation  
from highly successful Operational Excellence program 

Clear reflection of power of integrated business model with all assets in full operation

(1) Reflects the impact of the revisions to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements. (2) Reflects the  

sale of the Alkali business. See Note 3 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information. (3) Please refer to “Management’s Discussion & Analysis of  

Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures” on page 47 of the accompanying Annual Report on Form 10-K for a reconciliation of  

adjusted EBITDA to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures. (4) Please refer to our fourth quarter 2017 earnings release filed as Exhibit 99.1 to our  

Form 8-K filed with the SEC on March 1, 2018, for a reconciliation of free cash flow to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures.

L E T T E R   T O   S H A R E H O L D E R S

SAFETY
Every employee of Tronox deserves a safe and healthy 
workplace, which is reflected in our commitment to 
operating safe, reliable and environmentally responsible 
facilities. It is the right thing to do, and we must hold each 
other accountable. In 2017, Tronox recorded the best 
safety performance in its history. An important conduit to 
that success, and continued improvement, is our focus 
on proactive safety measures, designed to engage 
employees and further integrate safety into the daily 
activities of our businesses. 

2018 and Beyond
The pace of transformation will accelerate in 2018. 

VALUE OF VERTICAL INTEGRATION
I believe 2018 will be another year of strong performance, 
as we expect to benefit from favorable market conditions 
in both pigment and titanium feedstock. As the industry’s 
only fully integrated producer, we anticipate benefitting 
from rising margins at both the feedstock and pigment 
levels. We also expect continued positive market  
conditions in zircon and expect to benefit from higher 
sales volumes and selling prices for this high-margin 
product.

As we look at the competitive global TiO2 market, we 
clearly see our path to success. Although we do not  
have the size and scope or low labor and capital costs 
of some of our rivals, we do have the benefit of vertical 
integration. Because we are fully integrated, we have 
the unique ability to reduce our cost and improve our 
competitiveness across the value chain of our business. 
Once we complete the Cristal transaction and realize 
synergies, we expect to significantly increase pigment 
production, as we employ our technological and operating  
expertise across an expanded portfolio of pigment 
plants. We expect to have greater certainty of feedstock 
cost, increased output in our feedstock operations and 
increased access to high-grade feedstock. Successful 
execution of this strategy and our vertical integration  
will set us apart.

TRANSFORMATION AND EXECUTION
We continue to work with the leaders of Cristal and its 
parent company, Tasnee, to complete the proposed  
acquisition of the TiO2 business of Cristal. We are  
confident the acquisition will close and that, even if  
we must agree to a reasonable and proportionate  
remedy to secure final regulatory approvals, it will  
create significant value for our shareholders. 

The transaction will truly be transformational. We have 
the opportunity to define our future, a future where we 
must deliver and execute. Delivering on the promise of 
the transaction is the primary focus of our integration 
team, and realizing the synergies of the transaction  
remains a top priority. We are resolute to realize the  
benefits our shareholders and customers around the 
world will receive from this combination.

EMPOWERING PEOPLE TO EXCEED  
HIGH EXPECTATIONS 
Throughout my 35 years in the mining, chemicals  
and manufacturing industries, I have seen markets,  
geographies and customer expectations continually 
evolve. The bar is constantly being raised, whether  
with regard to product quality, operating efficiency,  
technological innovation or environmental stewardship. 
To remain a leading TiO2 producer, we must set high  
expectations and commit to exceeding them – quarter  
after quarter, year after year – in all aspects of our  
business. 

One of the most critical enablers of success and  
delivery of long-term shareholder value is the ability  
to develop our people and create a corporate culture  
that demands performance, is diverse, inclusive and  
nurtures innovation and entrepreneurship. As I meet  
with employees throughout the organization, it is apparent 
we have remarkably talented and dedicated people  
of the highest caliber. I am committed to building a 
high-performance culture and fostering an environment 
where our employees can thrive and exceed our own 
high expectations. It is my belief that when we set high 
expectations for ourselves and our colleagues, we will 
accomplish great things together. We are the difference.

In 2018, we will continue to perform and transform –  
becoming an even higher-performing organization, 
unleashing our full potential as a global leader in TiO2 
production and creating long-term value for my fellow 
shareholders. Thank you for your support of Tronox.  
I look forward to our future.

Sincerely, 

Jeffry N. Quinn 
President and Chief Executive Officer 
Tronox Limited

D I R E C T O R S  A N D   E X E C U T I V E   M A N A G E M E N T   /   5 - Y E A R   C U M U L AT I V E   T O TA L   S H A R E H O L D E R   R E T U R N

BOARD OF DIRECTORS

Jeffry N. Quinn
President and Chief Executive  
Officer, Tronox Limited

Peter B. Johnston (1**,3**)
Retired Global Head of  
Nickel Assets, Glencore

Mxolisi Mgojo
Chief Executive Officer,  
Exxaro Resources

Daniel Blue (1**,2**,3**)
Attorney

Andrew P. Hines (1*)
Principal, Hines & Associates

Wayne A. Hinman (2*,3*)
Retired Vice President and  
General Manager, Worldwide  
Merchant Gases, Air Products  
& Chemicals, Inc.

Ginger M. Jones(1**)
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer, Cooper  
Tire & Rubber Company

Ilan Kaufthal 
Non-Executive Chairman,  
Tronox Limited; Chairman,  
East Wind Advisors

Sipho Nkosi (2**)
Retired Chief Executive Officer,  
Exxaro Resources

(1) Audit
(2)  Human Resources and Compensation 
(3) Corporate Governance and Nominating 
(*)  Chair
(**) Member

250

TRONOX LIMITED EXECUTIVE MANAGEMENT TEAM

200

Jeffry N. Quinn
President and Chief Executive 
Officer

150

Jean-François Turgeon
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Operating Officer

100

Timothy C. Carlson
Senior Vice President and Chief  
Financial Officer

Willem Van Niekerk
Senior Vice President, Strategy 

John D. Romano
Senior Vice President and  
Chief Commercial Officer

Chuck Mancini
Senior Vice President,  
Organizational Effectiveness  
and Chief of Staff

Jeffrey Neuman
Senior Vice President, Corporate 
Secretary and General Counsel 

Brennen Arndt
Senior Vice President,  
Investor Relations

50

0

Comparison of 5-Year Cumulative Total Return*

John Srivisal 
Senior Vice President, Business 
Development

Robert Loughran
Vice President, Controller

Melissa H. Zona
Vice President, Corporate  
Communications and Public  
Relations

250

200

150

100

50

12/12

12/13

12/14

12/15

12/16

12/17

   S&P Diversified 

Chemicals

  S&P 500
  S&P Materials
  Tronox Limited

(*)   $100 invested on 12/31/12 in stock 
or index, including reinvestment of 
dividends. Fiscal year ending  
December 31.

      Copyright© 2018 Standard & Poor’s,  
a division of S&P Global. All rights 
reserved.

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K

(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Year ended December 31, 2017
OR

□ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from
1-35573
(Commission file number)

to

TRONOX LIMITED

(ACN 153 348 111)
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Western Australia, Australia
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

98-1026700
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100
Stamford, Connecticut 06901

Lot 22 Mason Road
Kwinana Beach WA 6167
Australia

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (203) 705-3800
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Class A Ordinary Shares, par value $0.01 per share

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No □
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes □ No ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange

Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been
subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No □

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive
Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes ☒ No □

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained
herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in
Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. □

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting
company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of ‘‘large accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer,’’ ‘‘smaller reporting company’’ and
‘‘emerging growth company’’ in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
Emerging growth company

☒ Accelerated filer
□ Smaller reporting company
□

□
□

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying

with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. □

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes □ No ☒
The aggregate market value of the ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2017 was approximately

$1,797,488,386.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Section 12, 13 or 15(d) of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court. Yes ☒ No □

As of January 31, 2018, the registrant had 92,660,776 shares of Class A ordinary shares and 28,729,280 shares of Class B ordinary shares

outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s proxy statement for its 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference in this Form

10-K in response to Part III Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14.

TRONOX LIMITED
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2017
INDEX

Form 10-K Item Number

PART I

Item 1.
Business. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1A. Risk Factors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 3.
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PART II
Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases
of Equity Securities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 6.
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.
PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Shareholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees and Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Form 10-K Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SIGNATURES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1
11
27
27
35
35

36

37
38
51
53
102
102
102

102
103
103

103
103

104
110
111

i

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

We have made statements under the captions ‘‘Business,’’ ‘‘Risk Factors,’’ ‘‘Management’s Discussion and

Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations’’, and in other sections of this Form 10-K that are
forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements also can be identified by words such as ‘‘future,’’
‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘estimates,’’ ‘‘expects,’’ ‘‘intends,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘predicts,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘would,’’ ‘‘could,’’
‘‘can,’’ ‘‘may,’’ and similar terms. These forward-looking statements, which are subject to known and unknown
risks, uncertainties and assumptions about us, may include projections of our future financial performance based
on our growth strategies and anticipated trends in our business. These statements are only predictions based on
our current expectations and projections about future events. There are important factors that could cause our
actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results, level of
activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In particular, you
should consider the numerous risks and uncertainties outlined in ‘‘Risk Factors.’’

These risks and uncertainties are not exhaustive. Other sections of this Form 10-K may include additional
factors, which could adversely impact our business and financial performance. Moreover, we operate in a very
competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is
not possible for our management to predict all risks and uncertainties, nor can management assess the impact of
all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results
to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements.

Although we believe the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot

guarantee future results, level of activity, performance or achievements. Moreover, neither we nor any other
person assumes responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of any of these forward-looking statements. You
should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We are under no duty to update
any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this Form 10-K to conform our prior statements to
actual results or revised expectations and we do not intend to do so.

We are committed to providing timely and accurate information to the investing public, consistent with our

legal and regulatory obligations. To that end, we use our website to convey information about our businesses,
including the anticipated release of quarterly financial results, quarterly financial and statistical and
business-related information. Investors can link to the Tronox Limited website through http://www.tronox.com.
Our website and the information contained therein or connected thereto shall not be deemed to be incorporated
into this Form 10-K.

ii

PART I

For the purposes of this discussion, references to ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us,’’ and, ‘‘our’’ refer to Tronox Limited, together
with its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘‘Tronox’’), when discussing the business following
the completion of the Exxaro Transaction, and to Tronox Incorporated, together with its consolidated subsidiaries
(collectively referred to as ‘‘Tronox Incorporated’’), when discussing the business prior to the completion of the
Exxaro Transaction.

Item 1. Business

Tronox is a public limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia. We are a
global leader in the mining of titanium bearing mineral sands and the production of titanium dioxide (‘‘TiO2’’)
pigment. Our TiO2 products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings,
plastics, paper, and other uses. Products we derive from mineral sands include titanium feedstock, zircon, and pig
iron. Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of ceramics, refractories, TV screen glass, and a
range of other industrial and chemical products. Pig iron is a metal material used in the steel and metal casting
industries to create wrought iron, cast iron, and steel. Titanium feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO2
pigment.

On February 21, 2017, Tronox Limited, The National Titanium Dioxide Company Ltd., a limited company

organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (‘‘Cristal’’), and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals
Netherlands Coöperatief W.A., a cooperative organized under the laws of the Netherlands and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Cristal (‘‘Seller’’), entered into a Transaction Agreement (the ‘‘Transaction Agreement’’), pursuant
to which we agreed to acquire Cristal’s titanium dioxide business for $1.673 billion in cash, subject to a working
capital adjustment at closing (the ‘‘Cash Consideration’’), plus 37,580,000 Class A ordinary shares (‘‘Class A
Shares’’), par value $0.01 per share, of Tronox Limited (the ‘‘Cristal Transaction’’). Following the closing of the
Cristal Transaction, the Seller will own approximately 24% of the outstanding ordinary shares (including both
Class A and Class B) of Tronox Limited. On March 1, 2018, Tronox, Cristal and Seller entered into an
Amendment to the Transaction Agreement (the ‘‘Amendment’’) that extends the termination date under the
Transaction Agreement to June 30, 2018, with automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019, if necessary
based on the status of outstanding regulatory approvals.

In 2012, our Class B ordinary shares (‘‘Class B Shares’’) were issued to Exxaro Resources Limited
(‘‘Exxaro’’) and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for 74% of Exxaro’s South African mineral sands
business (the ‘‘Exxaro Transaction’’). On March 8, 2017, Exxaro announced its intention to begin pursuing a
path to monetize its ownership stake in Tronox over time. On October 10, 2017, Exxaro sold 22,425,000 Class A
ordinary shares (‘‘Class A Shares’’) in an underwritten registered offering (the ‘‘Exxaro Share Transaction’’). At
December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Exxaro held approximately 24% and 44%, respectively, of the
voting securities of Tronox Limited. Presently, Exxaro intends to sell the remainder of its Tronox shares in a
staged process over time pursuant to the existing registration statement, subject to market conditions. Exxaro’s
sale of Class A Shares does not impact its 26% ownership interest in each of our Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd.
and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd. subsidiaries. See Notes 1 and 21 of notes to the consolidated financial
statements for additional information regarding Exxaro transactions.

Principal Business Segment

On September 1, 2017, we completed the previously announced sale of our wholly owned subsidiary Tronox
Alkali Corporation (‘‘Alkali’’) to Genesis Energy, L.P. for proceeds of $1.325 billion in cash (the ‘‘Alkali Sale’’).
As a result of the Alkali Sale, Alkali’s results of operations have been reported as discontinued operations and we
now operate under one operating and reportable segment, TiO2. See Notes 3 and 22 of notes to consolidated
financial statements for additional information.

TiO2 is used in a wide range of products due to its ability to impart whiteness, brightness, and opacity. TiO2

is used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other coatings, plastics and paper, and in a wide range of
other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food, cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals. Moreover, it is a critical
component of everyday consumer applications due to its superior ability to cover or mask other materials
effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white pigments and extenders. TiO2 is considered to be a quality

1

of life product, and some research indicates that consumption generally increases as disposable income increases.
At present, it is our belief that there is no effective mineral substitute for TiO2 because no other white pigment
has the physical properties for achieving comparable opacity and brightness, or can be incorporated as cost
effectively.

Our TiO2 business includes the following:
•

exploration, mining, and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits;

•

•

•

production of titanium feedstock (including chloride slag, slag fines, rutile, synthetic rutile and
leucoxene), pig iron, and zircon;

production and marketing of TiO2; and

electrolytic manganese dioxide manufacturing and marketing, which is primarily focused on advanced
battery materials and specialty boron products.

Exploration, Mining and Beneficiation of Mineral Sands Deposits

‘‘Mineral sands’’ refers to concentrations of heavy minerals in an alluvial environment (sandy or

sedimentary deposits near a sea, river or other water source). Mineral sands are the most important source of raw
material for manufacture of pigment-grade TiO2. Our exploration, mining and beneficiation of mineral sands
deposits are comprised of the following:

•

•

•

Our KwaZulu-Natal (‘‘KZN’’) Sands operations located in South Africa consist of the Fairbreeze mine,
a concentration plant, a mineral separation plant, and a smelter complex with two furnaces;

Our Namakwa Sands operations located in South Africa include the Namakwa Sands mine, a primary
concentration plant, a secondary concentration plant, a mineral separation plant, and a smelter complex
with two furnaces; and

Our Western Australia operations, which consist of the Cooljarloo mine and concentration plant and the
Chandala processing plant, which includes a mineral separation plant, and a synthetic rutile plant.

Exploration

Ilmenite - Ilmenite is the most abundant titanium mineral, with naturally occurring ilmenite having a

titanium dioxide content ranging from approximately 45% to 65%, depending on its geological history. The
weathering of ilmenite in its natural environment results in oxidation of the iron, which increases titanium
content.

Rutile - Rutile is essentially composed of crystalline titanium dioxide and, in its pure state, would contain

close to 100% titanium dioxide. Naturally occurring rutile, however, usually contains minor impurities and
therefore, commercial concentrates of this mineral typically contain approximately 94% to 96% titanium dioxide.

Leucoxene - Leucoxene is a natural alteration of ilmenite with a titanium dioxide content ranging from

approximately 65% to 90%. The weathering process is responsible for the alteration of ilmenite to leucoxene,
which results in the removal of iron, leading to an upgrade in titanium dioxide content.

Titanium Slag - The production of titanium slag involves smelting ilmenite in an electric arc furnace under

reducing conditions, normally with anthracite (coal) used as a reducing agent. Slag, containing the bulk of the
titanium and impurities other than iron, and a high purity pig iron are both produced in this process. The final
quality of the slag is highly dependent on the quality of the original ilmenite and the ash composition of the
anthracite used in the furnace. Titanium slag has a titanium dioxide content of approximately 75% to 91%. Our
slag typically contains 86% to 89% titanium dioxide.

Titanium Slag Fines - For titanium slag to be suitable for use in the chloride process, it needs to be milled

down to a particle size range, which allows it to be processed effectively during the chlorination step of the
chloride process. The milling of titanium slag results in the generation of a smaller size than can readily be used
by chloride producers, which is separated and sold as a separate product, mostly to pigment producers who
operate the sulfate process.

2

Synthetic Rutile - A number of processes have been developed for the beneficiation of ilmenite into products

containing between approximately 90% and 95% titanium dioxide. These products are known as synthetic rutile
or upgraded ilmenite. The processes employed vary in terms of the extent to which the ilmenite grain is reduced,
and the precise nature of the reducing reaction and the conditions used in the subsequent removal of iron. All of
the existing commercial processes are based on the reduction of ilmenite in a rotary kiln, followed by leaching
under various conditions to remove the iron from the reduced ilmenite grains. Our synthetic rutile has a titanium
dioxide content of approximately 90% to 93%.

Zircon - Zircon is often, but not always, found in the mineral sands deposits containing ilmenite. It is

extracted, alongside ilmenite and rutile, as part of the initial mineral sands beneficiation process.

Mining

The mining of mineral sands deposits is conducted either ‘‘wet,’’ by dredging or hydraulic water jets, or
‘‘dry,’’ using earth-moving equipment to excavate and transport the sands. Dredging, as used at the Cooljarloo
mine, is generally the favored method of mining mineral sands, provided that the ground conditions are suitable
and water is readily available. In situations involving hard ground, discontinuous ore bodies, small tonnage, high
slimes contents or very high grades, dry mining techniques are generally preferred.

Dredge Mining - Dredge mining, or wet mining, is best suited to ore reserves located below the water table.

A floating dredge removes the ore from the bottom of an artificial pond through a large suction pipe. The bulk
sand material is fed as slurry through a primary, or ‘‘wet,’’ concentrator that is typically towed behind the dredge
unit. The dredge slowly advances across the pond and deposits clean sand tailings behind the pond for
subsequent revegetation and rehabilitation. Because of the high capital cost involved in the manufacturing and
location, dredge mining is most suitable for large, long-life deposits. The dredging operations at Cooljarloo use
two large floating dredges in a purpose-built pond. The slurry is pumped to a floating concentrator, which
recovers heavy minerals from the sand and clay.

Hydraulic Mining - At our Fairbreeze mine in KZN, we employ a hydraulic mining method for mineral
sands due to the topography of the ore body and the ore characteristics. A jet of high-pressure water is aimed at
the mining face, thereby cutting into and loosening the sand so that it collapses on the floor. The water acts as a
carrier medium for the sand, due to the high fines (mineral particles that are too fine to be economically
extracted and other materials that remain after the valuable fraction of an ore has been separated from the
uneconomic fraction) content contained in the ore body. The slurry generated by the hydraulic monitors flows to
a collection sump where oversize material is removed and the slurry is then pumped to the primary concentration
plant.

Dry Mining - Dry mining is suitable where mineral deposits are shallow, contain hard bands of rock, or are
in a series of unconnected ore bodies. Dry mining is performed at Namakwa Sands, which is located in an arid
region on the west coast of South Africa. The ore is mined with front end loaders in a load and carry operation,
dumping the mineral bearing sands onto a conveyor belt system that follows behind the mining face. The harder
layers are mined using hydraulic excavators in a backhoe configuration or by bulldozer. Namakwa Sands does
not use blasting in its operations. The mined material is transported by trucks to the mineral sizers where primary
reduction takes place.

Processing and Mineral Separation

Processing - Both wet and dry mining techniques utilize wet concentrator plants to produce a high grade of

heavy mineral concentrate (typically approximately 90% to 98% heavy mineral content). Screened ore is first
deslimed, a process by which slimes are separated from larger particles of minerals, and then washed through a
series of spiral separators that use gravity to separate the heavy mineral sands from lighter materials, such as
quartz. Residue from the concentration process is pumped back into either the open pits or slimes dams for
rehabilitation and water recovery. Water used in the process is recycled into a clean water dam with any
additional water requirements made up from pit dewatering or rainfall.

Mineral Separation - The non-magnetic (zircon and rutile) and magnetic (ilmenite) concentrates are passed

through a dry separation process, known as the ‘‘dry mill’’ to separate out the minerals. Electrostatic and dry
magnetic methods are used to further separate the ilmenite, rutile and zircon. Electrostatic separation relies on the
difference in surface conductivity of the materials to be separated. Conductive minerals (such as ilmenite, rutile

3

and leucoxene) behave differently from non-conductive minerals (such as zircon) when subjected to electrical
forces. Magnetic separation techniques are dependent on the iron content of a mineral. Magnetic minerals (such
as ilmenite) will separate from non-magnetic minerals (such as rutile and leucoxene) when subjected to a
magnetic field. A combination of gravity and magnetic separation is used to separate zircon from the
non-magnetic portion of the heavy mineral concentrate. The heavy mineral concentrate at KZN Sands and
Namakwa Sands is passed through wet high-intensity magnetic separation to produce a non-magnetic fraction
and a magnetic fraction.

Production of titanium feedstock, pig iron, and zircon

Our TiO2 operations have a combined annual production capacity of approximately 721,000 metric tons

(‘‘MT’’) of titanium feedstock, which is comprised of 91,000 MT of rutile and leucoxene, 220,000 MT of
synthetic rutile, and 410,000 MT of titanium slag. Our TiO2 operations also have the capability to produce
approximately 220,000 MT of zircon and 221,000 MT of pig iron.

Synthetic Rutile Production - Ilmenite may also be upgraded into synthetic rutile. Synthetic rutile, or
upgraded ilmenite, is a chemically modified form of ilmenite that has the majority of the ferrous, non-titanium
components removed, and is also suitable for use in the production of titanium metal or TiO2 using the chloride
process. Ilmenite is converted to synthetic rutile in a two-stage pyrometallurgical and chemical process. The first
stage involves heating ilmenite in a large rotary kiln. Coal is used as a heat source and, when burned in an
oxygen deficient environment, it produces carbon monoxide, which promotes a reducing environment that
converts the iron oxide contained in the ilmenite to metallic iron. The intermediate product, called reduced
ilmenite, is a highly magnetic sand grain due to the presence of the metallic iron. The second stage involves the
conversion of reduced ilmenite to synthetic rutile by removing the metallic iron from the reduced ilmenite grain.
This conversion is achieved through aeration (oxidation), accelerated through the use of ammonium chloride as a
catalyst, and acid leaching of the iron to dissolve it out of the reduced ilmenite. Activated carbon is also
produced as a co-product of the synthetic rutile production process.

Titanium Feedstock - Ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene, titanium slag and synthetic rutile are all used primarily as

feedstock for the production of TiO2. Titanium feedstock can be segmented based on the level of titanium
contained within the feedstock, with substantial overlap between each segment. Different grades of titanium
feedstock have similar characteristics. As such, TiO2 producers generally source and supply a variety of feedstock
grades, and often blend them into one feedstock. The lower amount of titanium used in the TiO2 manufacturing
process, the more feedstock required and waste material produced. Naturally occurring high-grade titanium
minerals required for the production of TiO2 are limited in supply. Two processes have been developed
commercially: one for the production of titanium slag and the other for the production of synthetic rutile. Both
processes use ilmenite as a raw material, and involve the removal of iron oxides and other non-titanium material.

Titanium Slag - Ilmenite at KZN Sands and Namakwa Sands is processed further through direct current arc

furnaces to produce titanium slag with a titanium content of approximately 86% to 89%. The smelting process
comprises the reduction of ilmenite to produce titanium slag and pig iron. Ilmenite and anthracite are fed in a
tightly controlled ratio into an operating furnace where the endothermic reduction of ilmenite occurs. The
resultant titanium slag has a lower density than the iron, and separation of the two liquid products occurs inside
the furnace. The slag and iron are tapped periodically from separate sets of tapholes located around the
circumference of the furnace. Slag is tapped into steel pots and cooled for several hours in the pots before the
slag blocks are tipped out. The blocks are subsequently transported to the blockyard where they are cooled under
water sprays for a number of days. They are then crushed, milled, and separated according to size fractions, as
required by the customers. The tapped pig iron is re-carburized, de-sulfurized, and cast into ingots or ‘‘pigs’’.

High Purity Pig Iron - The process by which ilmenite is converted into titanium slag results in the
production of high purity iron containing low levels of manganese. When iron is produced in this manner, the
molten iron is tapped from the ilmenite furnace during the smelting process, alloyed by adding carbon and
silicon and treated to reduce the sulfur content, and is then cast into pigs. The pig iron produced as a co-product
of our titanium slag production is known as low manganese pig iron.

Zircon - Zircon (ZrSiO4) is a co-product of mining mineral sands deposits for titanium feedstock. Zircon is

primarily used as an additive in ceramic glazes to add hardness, which makes the ceramic glaze more water,
chemical and abrasion resistant. It is also used for the production of zirconium metal and zirconium chemicals, in
refractories, as molding sand in foundries, and for TV screen glass, where it is noted for its structural stability at

4

high temperatures and resistance to abrasive and corrosive conditions. Zircon typically represents a relatively low
proportion of the in-situ heavy mineral sands deposits, but has a relatively higher value compared to other heavy
mineral products. Refractories containing zircon are expensive and are only used in demanding, high-wear and
corrosive applications in the glass, steel and cement industries. Foundry applications use zircon when casting
articles of high quality and value where accurate sizing is crucial, such as aerospace, automotive, medical, and
other high-end applications.

Competitive Conditions

Globally, there are a small number of large mining companies or groups that are involved in the production

of titanium feedstock and these are dominated by close relationships between miners and consumers
(predominately pigment producers).

Production and Marketing of TiO2

We operate three TiO2 pigment facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the
Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing an aggregate annual TiO2 production capacity of
465,000 MT.

Production

TiO2 is produced using a combination of processes involving the manufacture of base pigment particles
followed by surface treatment, drying and milling (collectively known as finishing). Two commercial production
processes are used by manufacturers: the chloride process and the sulphate process. All of our TiO2 is produced
using the chloride process. We are one of a limited number of TiO2 producers in the world with chloride
production technology. We believe that we are one of the largest global producers and marketers of TiO2
manufactured via chloride technology. TiO2 produced using the chloride process is preferred for some of the
largest end-use applications.

In the chloride process, high quality feedstock (slag, synthetic rutile, natural rutile or, in limited cases, high

titanium content ilmenite ores) are reacted with chlorine (the chlorination step) and carbon to form titanium
tetrachloride (‘‘TiCl4’’) in a continuous fluid bed reactor. Purification of TiCl4 to remove other chlorinated
products is accomplished using a distillation process. The purified TiCl4 is then oxidized in a vapor phase form
to produce raw pigment particles and chlorine gas. The latter is recycled back to the chlorination step for reuse.
Raw pigment is then typically slurried with water and dispersants prior to entering the finishing step. The
chloride process currently accounts for substantially all of the industry-wide TiO2 production capacity in North
America, and approximately 46% of industry-wide capacity globally.

Commercial production of TiO2 results in one of two different crystal forms: rutile, which is manufactured

using either the chloride process or the sulphate process, or anatase, which is only produced using the sulfate
process. All of our global production capacity utilizes the chloride process to produce rutile TiO2. Rutile TiO2 is
preferred over anatase TiO2 for many of the largest end-use applications, such as coatings and plastics, because
its higher refractive index imparts better hiding power at lower quantities than the anatase crystal form and it is
more suitable for outdoor use because it is more durable. Although rutile TiO2 can be produced using either the
chloride process or the sulphate process, some customers prefer rutile produced using the chloride process
because it typically has a bluer undertone and greater durability.

The primary raw materials used in the production of TiO2 include titanium feedstock, chlorine and coke.

Chemicals used in the production of TiO2 include oxygen and nitrogen. Other chemicals used in the production
of TiO2 are purchased from various companies under long-term supply contracts. In the past, we have been, and
we expect that we will continue to be, successful in obtaining short-term and long-term extensions to these and
other existing supply contracts prior to their expiration. We expect the raw materials purchased under these
contracts, and contracts that we may enter into in the near term, to meet our requirements over the next several
years.

Marketing

We supply and market TiO2 under the brand name TRONOX® to approximately 700 customers in

approximately 100 countries, including market leaders in each of the key end-use markets for TiO2, and we have
supplied each of our top ten customers with TiO2 for more than 10 years. For information regarding 2017 sales
volume by geography and end-use market, see section ‘‘Segment and Geographic Revenue Information’’.

5

In addition to price and product quality, we compete on the basis of technical support and customer service.
Our direct sales and technical service organizations execute our sales and marketing strategy, and work together
to provide quality customer service. Our direct sales staff is trained in all of our products and applications. Due
to the technical requirements of TiO2 applications, our technical service organization and direct sales offices are
supported by a regional customer service staff located in each of our major geographic markets.

Our three TiO2 production facilities are strategically positioned in key geographies. The Hamilton facility
located in Mississippi USA, is one of the largest TiO2 production facilities in the world, and has the size and
scale to service customers in North America and around the globe. Our Kwinana plant, located in Australia, is
well positioned to service the growing demand from Asia. Our Botlek facility, located in the Netherlands,
services our European customers and certain specialized applications globally.

Our sales and marketing strategy focuses on effective customer management through the development of
strong relationships. We develop customer relationships and manage customer contact through our sales team,
technical service organization, research and development team, customer service team, plant operations personnel,
supply chain specialists, and senior management visits. We believe that multiple points of customer contact
facilitate efficient problem solving, supply chain support, formula optimization and co-development of products.

The global market in which our TiO2 business operates is highly competitive. Competition is based on a
number of factors such as price, product quality, and service. We face competition not only from chloride process
pigment producers, but from sulfate process pigment producers as well. Moreover, because transportation costs
are minor relative to the cost of our product, there is also competition between products produced in one region
versus products produced in another region.

We face competition from competitors with facilities in multiple regions, including Chemours, Cristal
Global, Venator and Kronos Worldwide Inc. In addition to the major competitors discussed above, we compete
with numerous regional producers, including producers in China such as Lomon Billions, CNNC and Blue Star.

Electrolytic Manganese Dioxide Manufacturing and Marketing

Our electrolytic and other chemical products operations are primarily focused on advanced battery materials

and specialty boron products.

Electrolytic manganese dioxide (‘‘EMD’’) - EMD is the active cathode material for alkaline batteries used in

flashlights, electronic games, and medical and industrial devices. We believe that we are one of the largest
producers of EMD for the global alkaline battery industry. EMD quality requirements for alkaline technology are
much more demanding than for zinc carbon technology and, as a result, alkaline-grade EMD commands a higher
price than zinc carbon-grade EMD. The United States (‘‘U.S.’’) primary battery market, predominantly based on
alkaline-grade EMD, is the largest in the world followed by China and Japan according to publicly available
industry reports. As such, we expect demand for alkaline-grade EMD to be flat as the demand stabilizes for
devices using primary batteries.

Boron - Specialty boron product end-use applications include semiconductors, pharmaceuticals,

high-performance fibers, specialty ceramics and epoxies, as well as igniter formulations. According to publicly
available industry reports, we are one of the leading suppliers of boron trichloride, along with JSC Aviabor,
Sigma-Aldrich Corporation, and several Asian manufacturers. We anticipate demand for boron trichloride will
remain positive, driven primarily by the growth of the semiconductor industry.

Research and Development

We have research and development facilities that service our products, and focus on applied research and
development of both new and existing processes. Our research and development facilities supporting our mineral
sands business are located in South Africa, while the majority of scientists supporting our pigment and
electrolytic research and development efforts are located in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, USA.

New process developments are focused on increased throughput, efficiency gains and general processing

equipment-related improvements. Ongoing development of process technology contributes to cost reduction,
enhanced production flexibility, increased capacity, and improved consistency of product quality. In 2017, our
product development and commercialization efforts were focused on several TiO2 products that deliver added
value to customers across all end use segments by way of enhanced properties of the pigment.

6

Patents, Trademarks, Trade Secrets and Other Intellectual Property Rights

Protection of our proprietary intellectual property is important to our business. At December 31, 2017, we

held 38 U.S. patents, 6 patent applications, and approximately 217 in foreign counterparts, including both issued
patents and pending patent applications. Our U.S. patents have expiration dates ranging through 2035.
Additionally, we have 5 trademark registrations in the U.S., as well as 54 trademark counterpart registrations in
foreign jurisdictions.

We rely upon, and have taken steps to secure our unpatented proprietary technology, know-how and other

trade secrets. The substantial majority of business patents relate to our chloride products and production
technology. Our proprietary chloride production technology is an important part of our overall technology
position. However, much of the fundamental intellectual property associated with both chloride and sulfate
pigment production is no longer subject to patent protection. At Namakwa Sands, we rely on intellectual property
for our smelting technology, which was granted to us in perpetuity by Anglo American South Africa Limited for
use on a worldwide basis, pursuant to a non-exclusive license.

We protect the trademarks that we use in connection with the products we manufacture and sell, and have
developed value in connection with our long-term use of our trademarks; however, there can be no assurance that
the trademark registrations will provide meaningful protection against the use of similar trademarks by
competitors, or that the value of our trademarks will not be diluted. The same can be said for our patents and
patent applications, which may in the future be the subject of a challenge regarding validity as well as
ownership, requiring a defense of the patent/application through legal proceedings, which inherently introduce a
degree of business uncertainty and risk. We also use and rely upon unpatented proprietary knowledge, continuing
technological innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position. We conduct
research activities and protect the confidentiality of our trade secrets through reasonable measures, including
confidentiality agreements and security procedures. While certain patents held for our products and production
processes are important to our long-term success, more important is the operational knowledge we possess.

Employees

As of December 31, 2017, Tronox had approximately 3,400 employees worldwide, of which 700 are located
in the U.S., 600 in Australia, 1,800 in South Africa, and 300 in the Netherlands and other international locations.
Our TiO2 segment employees in the U.S. are not represented by a union or collective bargaining agreement. In
South Africa, approximately 73% of our workforce belongs to a union. In Australia, most employees are not
currently represented by a union, but approximately 46% are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. In
the Netherlands, approximately 49% of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement and
27% are members of a union. We consider relations with our employees and labor organizations to be good.

Environmental, Health and Safety Authorizations

Mining

Our facilities and operations are subject to extensive general and industry-specific environmental, health and

safety regulations in South Africa and Australia. These regulations include those relating to mine rehabilitation,
liability provision, water management, the handling and disposal of hazardous and non-hazardous materials, and
occupational health and safety. The various legislation and regulations are subject to a number of internal and
external audits. We believe our mineral sands operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with existing
health, safety and environmental legislation and regulations.

Regulation of the Mining Industry in South Africa

There are numerous mining-related laws and regulatory authorizations that may impact the performance of

our business. These include but are not limited to: the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Royalty Act, which
imposes a royalty on refined and unrefined minerals payable to the South African government; the Mineral and
Petroleum Resources Development ACT (the ‘‘MPRDA’’), which governs the acquisition, use and disposal of
mineral rights; the South African Minerals Act, which requires each new mine to prepare an Environmental
Management Program Report for approval by the South African Department of Mineral Reserves (DMR); the
Revised South African Mining Charter, effective September 2010, which requires, among other conditions, that
mining entities achieve a 26% historically disadvantaged persons ownership of mining assets and the Black

7

Economic Empowerment (‘‘BEE’’) legislation in South Africa. The DMR has proposed changes to the mining
charter that would make requirements more stringent. These changes are being challenged by the Chamber of
Mines, an industry employers’ organization representing South African mining companies, the outcome of which
is uncertain. See Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Regulation of the Mining Industry in Australia

Mining operations in Western Australia are subject to a variety of environmental protection regulations
including but not limited to: the Environmental Protection Act (the ‘‘EPA’’), the primary source of environmental
regulation in Western Australia, and, the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act 1999 (Cth),
which established the federal environment protection regime and prohibits the carrying out of a ‘‘controlled
action’’ that may have a significant impact on a ‘‘matter of national environmental significance.’’

Prescriptive legislation regulates health and safety at mining workplaces in Western Australia. The principal

general occupational health and safety legislation and regulations are the Occupational Safety and Health Act
1984 (WA), the Occupational Health and Safety Regulations 1996 (WA) and the guidelines. The Mines Safety
and Inspection Act 1994 (WA) and Mines Safety and Inspection Regulations 1995 (WA) and guidelines provide
the relevant legislation for mining operations in Western Australia. The Dangerous Goods Act 2004 (WA) applies
to the safe storage, handling and transport of dangerous goods.

Each Australian state and territory has its own legislation regulating the exploration for and mining of

minerals. Our operations are principally regulated by the Western Australian Mining Act 1978 (WA) and the
Mining Regulations 1981 (WA).

State Agreements are contracts between the State of Western Australia and the proponents of major

resources projects, and are intended to foster resource development and related infrastructure investments. These
agreements are approved and ratified by the Parliament of Western Australia. The State Agreement relevant to
our Australian operations and our production of mineral sands is the agreement authorized by the Mineral Sands
(Cooljarloo) Mining and Processing Agreement Act 1988 (WA). State Agreements may only be amended by
mutual consent, which reduces the sovereign risk and increases the security of tenure, however Parliament may
enact legislation that overrules or amends the particular State Agreement.

Regulation of Finished Product Manufacturing

Our business is subject to extensive regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governments.

Governmental authorities regulate the generation and treatment of waste and air emissions at our operations and
facilities. At many of our operations, we also comply with worldwide, voluntary standards developed by the
International Organization for Standardization (‘‘ISO’’), a nongovernmental organization that promotes the
development of standards and serves as a bridging organization for quality and environmental standards, such as
ISO 9002 for quality management and ISO 14001 for environmental management.

Chemical Registration

The European Union (the ‘‘EU’’) adopted a regulatory framework for chemicals in 2006 known as

Registration, Evaluation and Authorization of Chemicals (‘‘REACH’’). Manufacturers and importers of chemical
substances must register information regarding the properties of their existing chemical substances with the
European Chemicals Agency. The timeline for existing chemical substances to be registered is based on volume
and toxicity. The first group of chemical substances was required to be registered in 2010, with additional
registrations due in 2013 and 2018. We registered those products requiring registration by the 2010 and 2013
deadlines. The REACH regulations also require chemical substances, which are newly imported or manufactured
in the EU to be registered before being placed on the market. We are now focused on the authorization phase of
the REACH process, and are making efforts to address ‘‘Substances of Very High Concern’’ and evaluating
potential business implications. As a chemical manufacturer with global operations, we are also actively
monitoring and addressing analogous regulatory regimes being considered or implemented outside of the EU, for
example, in Korea and Taiwan.

8

In May 2016, France’s competent authority under REACH submitted a proposal to the European Chemicals

Agency (‘‘ECHA’’) that would classify TiO2 as carcinogenic to humans by inhalation. The Company together
with other companies and trade associations representing the TiO2 industry and industries consuming our
products, submitted comments opposing the classification, based on evidence from epidemiological and other
scientific studies. On October 12, 2017, ECHA’s Committee for Risk Assessment (‘‘RAC’’) released a written
opinion dated September 14, 2017 stating that based on the scientific evidence it reviewed, there is sufficient
grounds to classify TiO2 under the EU’s Classification, Labelling and Packaging Regulation (‘‘CLP’’) as a
Category 2 Carcinogen, but only with a hazard statement describing the risk by inhalation. The European
Commission will review the RAC’s formal recommendation to determine what regulatory measures, if any,
should be taken. If the European Commission decides to adopt this classification, it could require that products
manufactured with TiO2 be classified as containing carcinogenic materials, which could impact our business by
inhibiting the marketing of products containing TiO2 to consumers, and subject our manufacturing operations to
new regulations that could increase costs. Any classification, use restriction or authorized requirement for use
imposed by the ECHA could have additional effects under other EU laws (e.g., those affecting medical and
pharmaceutical applications, cosmetics, food packaging and food additives) and/or trigger heightened regulatory
scrutiny in countries and local jurisdictions outside the EU based on health and safety grounds. It is also possible
that heightened regulatory scrutiny would lead to claims by consumers or those involved in the production of
such products alleging adverse health impacts. See Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Greenhouse Gas Regulation

Globally, our operations are subject to regulations that seek to reduce emissions of ‘‘greenhouse gases’’

(‘‘GHGs’’). We currently report and manage GHG emissions as required by law for sites located in areas
requiring such managing and reporting (EU/Australia). While the U.S. has not adopted any federal climate
change legislation, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (‘‘EPA’’) has introduced some GHG programs. For
example, under the EPA’s GHG ‘‘Tailoring Rule,’’ expansions or new construction could be subject to the Clean
Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration requirements. Some of our facilities are currently subject to
GHG emissions monitoring and reporting. Changes or additional requirements due to GHG regulations could
impact our capital and operating costs; however, it is not possible at the present time to estimate any financial
impact to these U.S. operating sites. Also, some in the scientific community believe that increasing
concentrations of GHGs in the atmosphere may result in climatic changes. Depending on the severity of climatic
changes, our operations could be adversely affected. See Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Segment and Geographic Revenue Information

The tables below summarize Tronox Limited 2017 sales volume by geography and end-use market:

2017 Sales Volume by Geography
North America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Latin America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asia-Pacific . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017 Sales Volume by End-Use Market
Paints and Coatings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plastics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Paper and Specialty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

40%
5%
28%
27%

79%
17%
4%

Financial information by segment and geographic region is set forth in Item 7. Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations and Note 22 of Notes to consolidated financial
statements.

Available Information

Our public internet site is http://www.tronox.com. The content of our internet site is available for information

purposes only. It should not be relied upon for investment purposes, nor is it incorporated by reference into this
annual report unless expressly noted. We make available, free of charge, on or through the investor relations
section of our internet site, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on

9

Form 8-K, proxy statements and Forms 3, 4 and 5 filed on behalf of directors and executive officers, as well as
any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably
practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the U.S. Securities and Exchange
Commission (the ‘‘SEC’’).

We file current, annual and quarterly reports, proxy statements and other information required by the
Exchange Act with the SEC. You may read and copy any document we file at the SEC’s public reference room
located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, USA, or by calling +1-800-SEC-0330. Our SEC filings
are also available to the public from the SEC’s internet site at http://www.sec.gov.

10

Item 1A. Risk Factors

You should carefully consider the risk factors set forth below, as well as the other information contained in this
Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and related notes. This Form 10-K contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Any of the following risks could materially and
adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not
currently known to us or those we currently view to be immaterial may also materially and adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our pending acquisition of the Cristal TiO2 Business may not be consummated, and failure to complete the
Cristal TiO2 Business acquisition could impact our stock price and financial results.

On February 21, 2017, we entered into a transaction agreement to acquire the titanium dioxide business of

The National Titanium Dioxide Co. Limited (‘‘Cristal’’) and on March 1, 2018, we amended the Transaction
Agreement to provide for revised terms with respect to such acquisition in certain respects (the ‘‘Cristal
Transaction’’). Completion of the Cristal Transaction is subject to certain closing conditions, including certain
regulatory approvals.

On December 5, 2017, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (‘‘FTC’’) announced that it would not approve
the Cristal Transaction as proposed and filed an administrative action to prevent the parties from consummating
the transaction. On December 21, 2017, the European Commission announced that after its initial review, it
would pursue a more in-depth investigation (commonly called a ‘‘Phase II investigation’’) of the Cristal
Transaction before reaching a decision to approve it, with or without conditions. The transaction agreement
provides for customary representations, warranties and covenants that are subject, in some cases, to specified
exceptions and qualifications contained in the transaction agreement. There can be no assurance, however, that all
closing conditions for the Cristal Transaction will be satisfied and, if they are satisfied, that they will be satisfied
in time for the closing to occur by June 30, 2018 (subject to automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019 if
necessary based on the status of outstanding regulatory approvals), at which time either party to the transaction
agreement may mutually agree to extend the closing date or terminate the transaction agreement if the Cristal
Transaction has not closed by such time.

The Cristal Transaction is conditioned on the Company obtaining financing sufficient to fund the cash
consideration, and the transaction agreement provides that the Company must pay to Cristal a termination fee of
$100 million if all conditions to closing, other than the financing condition, have been satisfied and the
transaction agreement is terminated because closing of the Cristal Transaction has not occurred by June 30, 2018
(subject to automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019 if necessary based on the status of outstanding
regulatory approvals). In the event that such termination by Tronox is (i) on or after January 1, 2019, and Tronox
elects to terminate the Transaction Agreement if it determines that the outstanding regulatory approvals are not
reasonably likely to be obtained; or (ii) if regulatory approval has not been obtained by March 31, 2019 and
Tronox or Cristal elects to terminate the Transaction Agreement; then Tronox is required to pay Cristal a $60
million termination fee. Tronox completed its refinancing during the third quarter of 2017. See Note 15 of notes
of consolidated financial statements.

The cash portion of the consideration in the Cristal Transaction will be funded through a combination of

proceeds from the Alkali Sale, which was completed on September 1, 2017, the refinancing of our debt,
including the Blocked Term Loan and cash on hand. See Note 15 of notes to the consolidated financial
statements.

If the acquisition of the Cristal TiO2 business is not completed, our ongoing business and financial results

may be adversely affected and we will be subject to a number of risks, including the following:

•

•

•

depending on the reasons for the failure to complete the Cristal Transaction we could be liable to
Cristal for a termination fee or other damages in connection with the termination or breach of the
transaction agreement;

we have dedicated and we expect we will continue to commit significant time and resources, financial
and otherwise, in planning for the acquisition and the associated integration; and

while the transaction agreement is in effect prior to closing the Cristal Transaction, we are subject to
certain restrictions on the conduct of our business, which may adversely affect our ability to execute
certain of our business strategies.

11

In addition, if the Cristal Transaction is not completed or is completed subject to conditions or remedies, we
may experience negative reactions from the financial markets and from our customers and employees and/or lose
the anticipated benefits of owning all or portions of Cristal’s TiO2 business. If the acquisition is not completed,
these risks may materialize and may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flows, as well as
the price of our Class A Shares.

Concentrated ownership of our ordinary shares by Cristal and Exxaro may prevent minority shareholders
from influencing significant corporate decisions and may result in conflicts of interest.

Following the closing of the Cristal Transaction, Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands Coöperatief W.A.

(‘‘Cristal Inorganic’’), a wholly-owned subsidiary of Cristal, will own approximately 24% of the outstanding
ordinary shares (including both our Class A Shares and Class B Shares) of the Company. Following the closing
of the Cristal Transaction and assuming that Exxaro does not engage in additional sales of its Class B Shares,
Exxaro will own approximately 18% of the Company’s outstanding ordinary shares (including both our Class A
Shares and Class B Shares).

Cristal Inorganic and Exxaro may be able to influence fundamental corporate matters and transactions,
including mergers or acquisitions (subject to prior board approval); the sale of all or substantially all of our
assets; in certain circumstances, the amendment of our Constitution; and our winding up and dissolution. This
concentration of ownership, may delay, deter or prevent acts that would be favored by our other shareholders.
The interests of Cristal Inorganic and Exxaro may not always coincide with our interests or the interests of our
other shareholders. Also, Cristal Inorganic and Exxaro may seek to cause us to take courses of action that, in its
judgment, could enhance its investment in us, but which might involve risks to our other shareholders or
adversely affect us or our other shareholders.

In addition, under the shareholders agreement, to be entered into upon the closing of the Cristal Transaction
(the ‘‘Cristal Shareholders Agreement’’), among the Company, on the one hand, and Cristal, Cristal Inorganic and
the three shareholders of Cristal, on the other hand (collectively, the ‘‘Cristal Shareholders’’), as long as the
Cristal Shareholders, collectively, beneficially own at least 24,900,000 or more of Class A Shares, they will have
the right to designate for nomination two Class A Directors of the Board (defined below) and, as long as they
beneficially own at least 12,450,000 Class A Shares but less than 24,900,000 Class A Shares, they will have the
right to designate for nomination one Class A director of the Board. The Cristal Shareholders Agreement also
will provide that as long as the Cristal Shareholders own at least 11,743,750 Class A Shares, they will be granted
certain preemptive rights. Also under the Cristal Shareholders Agreement, the Company has agreed to file
promptly after the closing of the acquisition a registration statement covering approximately four percent of the
then-outstanding ordinary shares of the Company, which may be sold as soon as such registration statement is
effective. Other than with respect to those shares, the Cristal Shareholders Agreement will include restrictions on
Cristal Inorganic’s ability to transfer any of its Class A Shares for a period of two years after the closing of the
acquisition other than to certain permitted transferees after the later of eighteen months and the resolution of all
indemnification claims under the Transaction Agreement subject to certain further limitations. The Cristal
Shareholders Agreement will also contain certain demand and piggyback registration rights, which commence
after the transfer restriction period expires. Exxaro’s rights under our Constitution and Shareholder’s Deed will
remain unchanged following the Cristal Transaction.

As a result of these or other factors, the market price of our Class A Shares could decline. In addition, this
concentration of share ownership may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A Shares because investors
may perceive disadvantages in owning shares in a company with significant shareholders.

We may not be able to realize anticipated benefits of the Cristal Transaction, including expected synergies,
earnings per share accretion or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (‘‘EBITDA’’)
and free cash flow growth and we will be subject to business uncertainties that could adversely affect our
business.

The success of the pending Cristal Transaction will depend, in part, on our ability to realize anticipated cost

synergies, earnings per share accretion or EBITDA and free cash flow growth. Our success in realizing these
benefits, and the timing of this realization, depends on the successful integration of our business and operations
with the acquired business and operations. Even if we are able to integrate the acquired businesses and
operations successfully, this integration may not result in the realization of the full benefits of the pending Cristal
Transaction that we currently expect within the anticipated time frame or at all.

12

There is also the possibility that:

•

•

•

•

the acquisition may result in our assuming unexpected liabilities;

we may experience difficulties integrating operations and systems, as well as company policies and
cultures;

we may fail to retain and assimilate employees of the acquired business; and

problems may arise in entering new markets in which we have little or no experience.

Uncertainty about the effect of the Cristal Transaction on employees, customers and suppliers may have an

adverse effect on our business. These uncertainties may impair our ability to attract, retain and motivate key
personnel until the Cristal Transaction is consummated and for a period of time thereafter, and could cause our
customers, suppliers and other business partners to delay or defer certain business decisions or to seek to change
existing business relationships with us. The occurrence of any of these events could have a material adverse
effect on our operating results, particularly during the period immediately following the closing of the Cristal
Transaction.

Market conditions, as well as global and regional economic downturns that adversely affect the demand for
our end-use products could adversely affect the profitability of our operations and the prices at which we can
sell our products, negatively impacting our financial results.

Our TiO2 revenue and profitability is dependent on direct sales of TiO2 to end user customers and sales of

TiO2 feedstock to TiO2 producers. TiO2 is a chemical used in many ‘‘quality of life’’ products for which demand
historically has been linked to global, regional and local GDP and discretionary spending, which can be
negatively impacted by regional and world events or economic and market conditions. Such events can cause a
decrease in demand for our products and market prices to fall, which may have an adverse effect on our results
of operations and financial condition. A substantial portion of our products and raw materials are commodities
that reprice as market supply and demand fundamentals change. Accordingly, product margins and the level of
our profitability tend to vary with changes in the business cycle. Our TiO2 prices may do so in the near term as
ore prices and pigment prices are expected to fluctuate in the short term and over the next few years.

A significant portion of the demand for our products comes from manufacturers of paint and plastics, and

other industrial customers. Companies that operate in the industries that these industries serve, including the
automotive and construction, may experience significant fluctuations in demand for their own end products
because of economic conditions, changes in consumer demand, or increases in raw material and energy costs. In
addition, many large end users of our products depend upon the availability of credit on favorable terms to make
purchases of raw materials such as TiO2. As interest rates increase or if our customers’ creditworthiness
deteriorates, this credit may be expensive or difficult to obtain. If these customers cannot obtain credit on
favorable terms, they may be forced to reduce their purchases. These and other factors may lead some customers
to seek renegotiation or cancellation of their arrangements with our businesses, which could have a material
adverse effect on our results of operations. Additionally, Chinese producers are significant participants in the
TiO2 market and Chinese exports can also affect demand and the price for our products.

TiO2 pigment and feedstock prices have been and in the future may be volatile. Price declines for our
products will negatively affect our financial position and results of operations.

Additionally, historically, the global market and, to a lesser extent, the domestic market for TiO2 pigment
and feedstock have been volatile, and those markets are likely to remain volatile in the future. Prices for TiO2
pigment and feedstock may fluctuate in response to relatively minor changes in the supply of and demand for
these products, market uncertainty and other factors beyond our control.

Factors that affect the price of our products include, among other things:

•

•

•

•

overall economic conditions;

the level of customer demand, including in the paint, paper and plastics industries;

the level of production and exports of our products globally;

the level of production and cost of materials used to produce TiO2, including synthetic materials,
globally;

13

•

•

•

•

the cost of energy consumed in the production of TiO2, including the price of natural gas, electricity
and coal;

the impact of competitors increasing their capacity and exports;

domestic and foreign governmental relations, regulations and taxes; and

political conditions or hostilities and unrest in regions where we export our TiO2 products.

TiO2 pigment pricing pressure can make it difficult to predict the cash we may have on hand at any given

time, and a prolonged period of price declines may materially and adversely affect our financial position,
liquidity, ability to finance planned capital expenditures and results of operations.

The markets for many of our TiO2 products have seasonally affected sales patterns.

The demand for TiO2 during a given year is subject to seasonal fluctuations. Because TiO2 is widely used in

paint and other coatings, titanium feedstocks are in higher demand prior to the painting season in the Northern
Hemisphere (spring and summer), and pig iron is in lower demand during the European summer holidays, when
many steel plants and foundries undergo maintenance. Zircon generally is a non-seasonal product; however, it is
negatively impacted by the winter and Chinese New Year celebrations due to reduced zircon demand from China.
We may be adversely affected by existing or future cyclical changes, and such conditions may be sustained or
further aggravated by anticipated or unanticipated changes in regional weather conditions. For example, poor
weather conditions in a region can lead to an abbreviated painting season, which can depress consumer sales of
paint products that use TiO2.

Our results of operations may be adversely affected by fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

The financial condition and results of operations of our operating entities outside the U.S. are reported in
various foreign currencies, primarily the South African Rand, Australian Dollars and Euros, and then converted
into U.S. dollars at the applicable exchange rate for inclusion in the financial statements. As a result, any
volatility of the U.S. dollar against these foreign currencies creates uncertainty for and may have a negative
impact on reported sales and operating margin. We have made a U.S. dollar functional currency election for both
Australian financial reporting and federal income tax purposes. On this basis, our Australian entities report their
results of operations on a U.S. dollar basis. In addition, our operating entities often need to convert currencies
they receive for their products into currencies in which they purchase raw materials or pay for services, which
could result in a gain or loss depending on fluctuations in exchange rates.

In order to manage this risk, we may, from time to time, enter into forward contracts to buy and sell foreign

currencies.

Our operations may be negatively impacted by inflation.

Our profits and financial condition could be adversely affected when cost inflation is not offset by

devaluation in operating currencies or an increase in the price of our products. Our operations have been affected
by inflation in the countries in which they have operated in recent years. Working costs and wages in South
Africa and Australia have increased in recent years, resulting in significant cost pressures for the mining industry.

As an emerging market, South Africa poses a challenging array of long-term political, economic, financial
and operational risks.

South Africa has continued undergoing political and economic challenges. Changes to or instability in the
economic or political environment in South Africa, especially if such changes create political instability, actual or
potential shortages of production materials or labor unrest, could result in production delays and production
shortfalls, and materially impact our production and results of operations.

In South Africa, our mining and smelting operations depend on electrical power generated by Eskom, the
state-owned sole energy supplier. South African electricity prices have risen during the past few years, and future
increases are likely. Additionally, our KZN Sands operations currently use approximately 328,000 gigajoules of
Sasol gas, which is available only from Sasol Limited; however, we could replace approximately 30% to 44% of
our current Sasol gas usage with furnace off-gas produced by KZN Sands, if necessary.

14

We use significant amounts of water in our operations, which could impose significant costs. Use of water

in South Africa is governed by water-use licenses. Our KZN mining operation in South Africa uses water to
transport the slimes or sand from reclaimed areas to the processing plant and to the tailings facilities.
Additionally, South Africa is currently experiencing a drought resulting in water restrictions being imposed in
certain areas, most notably recently in the Western Cape where our Namakwa Sands operations are located. A
prolonged drought in a region of South Africa may lead to continued, or more severe water restrictions, either of
which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Under
South African law, our South African mining operations are subject to water-use licenses that govern each
operation. These licenses require, among other conditions, that mining operations achieve and maintain certain
water quality limits for all water discharges, where applicable. Our South African operations that came into
existence after the adoption of the National Water Act, No. 36 of 1998 have applied for and been issued the
required water-use licenses. However, changes to water-use licenses could affect our operational results and
financial condition. On May 13, 2016, the Department of Water and Sanitation of the Republic of South Africa
announced water restrictions affecting users of the fresh water supply to our Namakwa Sands operations. On
December 12, 2017 the Department of Water and Sanitation published a notice in terms of the National Water
Act (1998) curtailing water usage by 45% for residential and commercial users and 60% for agricultural users.
Saldanha Bay Municipality, where our Namakwa Sands Smelter is located, is currently on Level 5 water
restrictions and tariffs. While these restrictions have not curtailed our mining or processing operations to date, the
reservoirs that store water for the system, which also supplies fresh water to the residents of the City of Cape
Town, are at historically low levels and there can be no assurance that further use restrictions or supply
curtailments may have a materially adverse impact on our operations at Namakwa Sands and as a result the
financial condition and results of operations of our business. Namakwa Sands operations continues to implement
freshwater consumption reduction initiatives and finding alternative sources of water to reduce reliance on the
city’s water system.

The South African government may intervene in mining through various means including increased taxation,

greater control and conditions on the distribution of mineral rights, poverty alleviation, and job creation. Such
measures have not yet been defined, and the impact the measures may have on our business remains uncertain.

Changes to the revised MPRDA have been incorporated into the 2013 MPRDA amendment, and are

awaiting consideration by the South African Parliament before being promulgated. Some of the proposed changes
may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition. Although we expect the
bulk of the original act to remain intact, there could be substantial changes, based on the current draft. This
could have adverse effects on our business, operating results and financial condition.

South Africa’s exchange control regulations require resident companies to obtain the prior approval of the

South African Reserve Bank to raise capital in any currency other than the Rand, and restrict the export of
capital from South Africa. While the South African government has relaxed exchange controls in recent years, it
is difficult to predict whether or how it will further change or abolish exchange control measures in the future.
These exchange control restrictions could hinder our financial and strategic flexibility, particularly our ability to
use South African capital to fund acquisitions, capital expenditures, and new projects outside of South Africa.

Our operations in South Africa are reliant on services provided by the state agency, Transnet, for limited rail
transport services at Namakwa Sands. Furthermore, they provide extensive dockside services at both the ports of
Richards Bay and Saldanha Bay. Delays, particularly those caused by industrial actions, could have a negative
impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.

South African law governs the payment of compensation and medical costs to a compensation fund against
which mining employees and other people at sites where ancillary mining activities are conducted can claim for
mining activity-related illnesses or injuries. Should claims against the compensation fund rise significantly due to
our mining activity or if claims against us are not covered by the compensation fund, the amount of our
contribution or liability to claimants may increase, which could adversely impact our financial condition. In
addition, the HIV/AIDS epidemic in South Africa poses risks to our South African operations in terms of
potentially reduced productivity, and increased medical and other costs. If there is a significant increase in the
incidence of HIV/AIDS infection and related diseases among the South African workforce over the next several
years, our operations, projects and financial condition may be adversely affected.

15

Our flexibility in managing our labor force may be adversely affected by labor and employment laws in the
jurisdictions in which we operate, many of which are more onerous than those of the U.S.; and some of our
labor force has substantial workers’ council or trade union participation, which creates a risk of disruption
from labor disputes and new laws affecting employment policies.

Labor costs constituted approximately 29% of our production costs in 2017. The majority of our employees
are located outside the U.S. In most of those countries, labor and employment laws are more onerous than in the
U.S. and, in many cases, grant significant job protection to employees, including rights on termination of
employment.

In South Africa, over 73% of our workforce belongs to a union. In Australia, most employees are not

currently represented by a union, but approximately 46% are represented by a collective bargaining agreement. In
the Netherlands, approximately 49% of our employees are represented by a collective bargaining agreement and
27% are members of a union.

Our South African operations have entered into various agreements regulating wages and working conditions
at our mines. There have been periods when various stakeholders have been unable to agree on dispute resolution
processes, leading to threats of disruptive labor disputes, although only two strikes have ever occurred in the
history of these operations. Due to the high level of employee union membership, our South African operations
are at risk of production stoppages for indefinite periods due to strikes and other labor disputes. Although we
believe that we have good labor relations with our South African employees, we may experience labor disputes
in the future.

South African employment law, which is based on the minimum standard set by the International Labour

Organization, sets out minimum terms and conditions of employment for employees. Although these may be
improved by agreements between an employer and the trade unions, prescribed minimum terms and conditions
form the benchmark for all employment contracts. Our South African operations are required to submit a report
to the South African Department of Labour under South African employment law detailing the progress made
towards achieving employment equity in the workplace. Failing to submit this report in a timely manner could
result in substantial penalties. In addition, future legislative developments that affect South African employment
policies may increase production costs or negatively impact relationships with employees and trade unions, which
may have an adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.

We are required to consult with, and seek the consent or advice of, various employee groups or works’

councils that represent our employees for any changes to our activities or employee benefits. This requirement
could have a significant impact on our flexibility in managing costs and responding to market changes.

Given the nature of our chemical, mining and smelting operations, we face a material risk of liability, delays
and increased cash costs of production from environmental and industrial accidents and operational
breakdowns.

Our business involves significant risks and hazards, including environmental hazards, industrial accidents,

and breakdowns of equipment and machinery. Our business is exposed to hazards associated with chemical
process manufacturing and the related storage, handling and transportation of raw materials, products and wastes,
and our furnace operations that are subject to explosions, water ingress and refractory failure, and our open pit
and dredge mining operations that are subject to flooding and accidents associated with rock transportation
equipment and conveyor belts. Furthermore, during operational breakdowns, the relevant facility may not be fully
operational within the anticipated timeframe, which could result in further business losses. The occurrence of any
of these or other hazards could delay production, suspend operations, increase repair, maintenance or medical
costs and, due to the integration of our facilities, could have an adverse effect on the productivity and
profitability of a particular manufacturing facility or on our business as a whole. Over our operating history, we
have incurred incidents of this nature. Although insurance policies provide limited coverage for these risks, such
policies will not fully cover some of these risks.

There is also a risk that our key raw materials or our products may be found to have currently unrecognized

toxicological or health-related impact on the environment or on our customers or employees. Such hazards may
cause personal injury and loss of life, damage to property and contamination of the environment, which could
lead to government fines or work stoppage injunctions and lawsuits by injured persons. If such actions are
required, we may have inadequate insurance to cover such claims, or insufficient cash flow to pay for such
claims. Such outcomes could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

16

Equipment upgrades, equipment failures and deterioration of assets may lead to production curtailments,
shutdowns or additional expenditures.

Our operations depend upon critical equipment that require scheduled upgrades and maintenance and, may

suffer unanticipated breakdowns or failures. As a result, our mining operations and processing may be interrupted
or curtailed, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

In addition, assets critical to our mining and chemical processing operations may deteriorate due to wear
and tear or otherwise sooner than we currently estimate. Such deterioration may result in additional maintenance
spending and additional capital expenditures. If these assets do not generate the amount of future cash flows that
we expect, and we are not able to refurbish them or procure replacement assets in an economically feasible
manner, our future results of operations may be materially and adversely affected.

If any of the equipment on which we depend were severely damaged or were destroyed by fire, abnormal

wear and tear, flooding, or otherwise, we may be unable to replace or repair it in a timely manner or at a
reasonable cost, which would impact our ability to produce and ship our products, which would have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.

We are a holding company that is dependent on cash flows from our operating subsidiaries to fund our debt
obligations, capital expenditures and ongoing operations.

All of our operations are conducted and all of our assets are owned by our operating companies, which are

our subsidiaries. We intend to continue to conduct our operations at the operating companies and any future
subsidiaries. Consequently, our cash flow and our ability to meet our obligations or make cash distributions
depends upon the cash flow of our operating companies and any future subsidiaries, and the payment of funds by
our operating companies and any future subsidiaries in the form of dividends or otherwise. The ability of our
operating companies and any future subsidiaries to make any payments to us depends on their earnings, the terms
of their indebtedness, including the terms of any credit facilities, or indentures, and legal restrictions regarding
the transfer of funds.

Our ability to service our debt and fund our planned capital expenditures and ongoing operations will

depend on our ability to generate and increase cash flow, and our access to additional liquidity sources. Our
ability to generate and increase cash flow is dependent on many factors, including:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the transfer of funds from subsidiaries in the U.S. to certain foreign subsidiaries;

our ability to obtain raw materials at reasonable prices or to raise prices to offset, in whole or in part,
the effects of higher raw material costs;

the selling price of our products;

our ability to adequately deliver customer service and competitive product quality;

the impact of competition from other chemical and materials manufacturers and diversified companies;

general world business conditions, economic uncertainty or downturn and the significant downturn in
housing construction and overall economies;

the effects of governmental regulation on our business;

tariffs, trade duties and other trade barriers; and

political and social instability.

Many of these factors are beyond our control. A general economic downturn can result in reduced spending
by customers, which will impact our revenues and cash flows from operating activities. At reduced performance,
if we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow or access additional liquidity sources, we may not be able to
service and repay our existing debt, operate our business, respond to competitive challenges, or fund our other
liquidity and capital needs.

Our industry and the end-use markets in which we compete are highly competitive. This competition may
adversely affect our results of operations and operating cash flows.

Each of our markets is highly competitive. Competition in the TiO2 segment industry is based on a number

of factors such as price, product quality, and service. We face significant competition from major international

17

and smaller regional competitors. Our most significant competitors include major chemical and materials
manufacturers and diversified companies, a number of which have substantially larger financial resources, greater
personnel, and larger facilities than we do. We also compete with numerous smaller, regional producers as well
as Chinese producers that have significantly expanded their sulphate TiO2 production capacity in recent years and
have also commenced the commercial production of TiO2 via chloride technology.

Zircon producers generally compete on the basis of price, quality, logistics, delivery, and payment terms and
consistency of supply. Although we believe we have competitive quality, long-term relationships with customers
and product range, our primary competitive disadvantage relative to our major competitors is our distance from
our main consumers (i.e., Asia and Europe).

Within the end-use markets in which we compete, competition between products is intense. We face
substantial risk that certain events, such as new product development by competitors, changing customer needs,
the commercial production of TiO2 via chloride technology, production advances for competing products, or price
changes in raw materials, could cause our customers to switch to our competitors’ products. If we are unable to
develop and produce or market our products to compete effectively against our competitors following such
events, our results of operations and operating cash flows may suffer.

An increase in the price of energy or other raw materials, or an interruption in our energy or other raw
material supply, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.

Our mining and production processes consume significant amounts of energy and raw materials, the costs of

which can be subject to worldwide, as well as, local supply and demand, as well as other factors beyond our
control. In 2017, raw materials used in the production of TiO2 constituted approximately 44% of our operating
expenses. Fuel and energy linked to commodities, such as diesel, heavy fuel oil and coal, and other consumables,
such as chlorine, illuminating paraffin, electrodes, and anthracite, consumed in our TiO2 manufacturing and
mining operations form an important part of our TiO2 operating costs. We have no control over the costs of these
consumables, many of which are linked to some degree to the price of oil and coal, and the costs of many of
these raw materials may fluctuate widely for a variety of reasons, including changes in availability, major
capacity additions or reductions, or significant facility operating problems. These fluctuations could negatively
affect our TiO2 operating margins, our profitability or planned capital expenditures. As these costs rise, our
operating expenses will increase and could adversely affect our business, especially if we are unable to pass price
increases in raw materials through to our customers.

The agreements and instruments governing our debt contain restrictions and limitations that could affect our
ability to operate our business, as well as impact our liquidity.

As of December 31, 2017, our total principal amount of debt was approximately $3.2 billion. Our credit

facilities contain covenants that could adversely affect our ability to operate our business, our liquidity, and our
results of operations. These covenants restrict, among other things, our and our subsidiaries’ ability to:

•

•

incur or guarantee additional indebtedness;

complete asset sales, acquisitions or mergers;

• make investments and capital expenditures;
•

prepay other indebtedness;

•

•

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

fund additional dividends or repurchase shares.

Certain of our facilities, including our $550 million Wells Fargo Revolver and, together with the

$2.15 billion New Term Loan Facility, $584 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes due 2022
and our $450 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes due 2025, all defined below, include
requirements relating to the ratio of adjusted EBITDA to indebtedness or certain fixed charges. The breach of
any covenants or obligations in our credit facilities, not otherwise waived or amended, could result in a default
under the applicable debt obligations (and cross-defaults to certain other debt obligations) and could trigger
acceleration of those obligations, which in turn could trigger other cross defaults under other future agreements

18

governing our long-term indebtedness. In addition, the secured lenders under the credit facilities could foreclose
on their collateral, which includes equity interests in our subsidiaries, and exercise other rights of secured
creditors. Any default under those credit facilities could adversely affect our growth, our financial condition, our
results of operations and our ability to make payments on our credit facilities, and could force us to seek the
protection of bankruptcy laws.

A large portion of our shares is owned by a single shareholder, Exxaro.

At December 31, 2017, Exxaro held approximately 24% of the voting securities of Tronox Limited, and had

two representatives serving as Directors on our nine-member board. On March 8, 2017, Exxaro announced its
intention to begin pursuing a path to monetize its ownership stake in Tronox over time. On October 10, 2017,
Exxaro sold 22,425,000 Class A ordinary shares in an underwritten registered offering (the ‘‘Exxaro Share
Transaction’’) reducing its ownership percentage of voting securities from 44% at December 31, 2016. Further
sales by Exxaro will result in additional Class B Shares converting to Class A Shares and an increase in the
number of Class A Shares outstanding could cause the market price of shares to decline.

Due to Exxaro’s significant ownership interest, it is entitled to certain rights under the Constitution and the

Shareholder’s Deed of Tronox Limited. For example, the Constitution provides that, for as long as the Class B
voting interest is at least 10% of the total voting interest in Tronox Limited, there must be nine directors on our
board; of which the holders of Class A Shares will be entitled to vote separately to elect a certain number of
directors to our board (which we refer to as Class A Directors), and the holders of Class B Shares will be
entitled to vote separately to elect a certain number of directors to our board (which we refer to as Class B
Directors). If the Class B voting interest is greater than or equal to 20% but less than 30%, our board of
directors will consist of seven Class A Directors and two Class B Directors. If the Class B voting interest is
greater than or equal to 10% but less than 20%, our board will consist of eight Class A Directors and one
Class B Director.

The Constitution also provides that, subject to certain limitations, for as long as the Class B voting interest
is at least 20%, a separate vote by holders of Class A Shares and Class B Shares is required to approve certain
types of merger or similar transactions that will result in a change in control or a sale of all or substantially all of
our assets or any reorganization or transaction that does not treat Class A and Class B Shares equally.

Under the terms of the Shareholder’s Deed entered into upon completion of the Exxaro Transaction, Exxaro
has agreed not to acquire any voting shares of Tronox Limited if, following such acquisition, Exxaro will have a
voting interest in Tronox Limited of 50% or more unless Exxaro brings any proposal to make such an acquisition
to the board of directors of Tronox Limited on a confidential basis. In the event an agreement regarding the
proposal is not reached, Exxaro is permitted to make a takeover offer for all the shares of Tronox Limited not
held by affiliates of Exxaro provided that binding acceptances are received from a majority of the shares not held
by affiliates of Exxaro. Additionally, Exxaro is not contractually obligated to maintain its 26% share ownership
in our South African subsidiaries. Although Exxaro is required to comply with applicable law and our constituent
documents (including our Shareholders’ Agreement which sets forth the requirements by which Exxaro is
obligated to continue to empower our two South African subsidiaries under BEE legislation), there is no
assurance that Exxaro will not reduce its 26% stake in the future through a sale, disposition or other permissible
transfer. Moreover, in the future, Exxaro may exchange its 26% interest in the mineral sands business for
additional Class B Shares.

As a result of Exxaro’s significant ownership interest and its governance rights, Exxaro may be able to exert

substantial influence over our management, operations and potential significant corporate transactions, including
a change in control or the sale of all or substantially all of our assets. Exxaro’s influence may have an adverse
effect on the trading price of our ordinary shares. See also Risk Factor ‘‘Risks of Cristal Transaction’’ for
additional considerations related to ownership by Cristal of a significant minority interest in the Company upon
closing of the Cristal Transaction.

Our South African operations may lose the benefit of the BEE status under South African legislation,
resulting in the need to implement a remedial solution or introduce a new minority shareholder, which could
negatively impact our South African operations.

BEE legislation was introduced into South Africa as a means to seek to redress the inequalities of the

previous Apartheid system by requiring the inclusion of historically disadvantaged South Africans in the
mainstream economy. Under BEE legislation, South African businesses are required to become ‘‘empowered’’.

19

South African mining companies are required to comply with a ‘‘sector charter’’ in order to be deemed
‘‘empowered’’. The South African Mining Charter specifies certain requirements that all mining companies must
satisfy, including a requirement that at least 26% of the shares in such companies are held by BEE
‘‘empowered’’ entities. Exxaro takes the position that it is a BEE ‘‘empowered’’ company under the so-called
‘‘once empowered always empowered’’ principle that emerges from the joint reading of the original Mining
Charter (promulgated in 2004) and the amendment thereto promulgated in 2010.

Exxaro retains a 26% direct ownership interest in each of Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral

Sands (Pty) Ltd in order for these two entities to comply with the requirements of the Mineral and Petroleum
Resources Development Act (‘‘MPRDA’’) and the South African Mining Charter ownership requirements.

Pursuant to our Shareholders’ Agreement with Exxaro, Exxaro has agreed to maintain its direct ownership
for a period of the shorter of the date on which the requirement to maintain a direct ownership stake in each of
Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd no longer applies or June 2022 (unless it
transfers the direct ownership interests to another qualified buyer under the MPRDA and the Mining Charter). If
either Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd or Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd ceases to qualify under the Mining
Charter, Tronox Limited and Exxaro have agreed to jointly seek a remedial solution. If Tronox Limited and
Exxaro cannot successfully implement a solution and the reason for this failure is due to anything other than a
change in law, then we may dispose of Exxaro’s shares in the non-qualifying company to another BEE
compliant, qualifying purchaser. During any period of any non-qualification, our South African operations may
be in violation of their mining or prospecting rights, as well as the requirements of the MPRDA and the South
African Mining Charter, which could result in a suspension or revocation of the non-qualifying company’s
mining and prospecting rights (after providing the non-compliant company with an opportunity to remedy the
defect complained of) and could expose us to operating restrictions, lost business opportunities and delays in
receiving further regulatory approvals for our South African operations and expansion activities. In addition, if
Exxaro’s direct ownership in Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd is sold to
another purchaser, we could be required to share control of our South African operations with a minority
shareholder, which may impact our operational and financial flexibility and could impact profitability, expansion
opportunities and our results of operations.

There are two concurrent legal challenges in South Africa that could be material to us. First, the question of

whether the ‘‘once empowered always empowered’’ principle applies in the mining industry in South Africa is
subject to current litigation between the South Africa Chamber of Mines (an industry body that represents
approximately 90% of the South African Mining Industry) and the South African Department of Mineral
Resources. The ‘‘once empowered always empowered’’ principle asserts that a South African company that has
had the requisite shareholding base consisting of historically disadvantaged South Africans for a minimum period
of ten years will always qualify as an ‘‘empowered’’ entity. In the mining sector, the requisite shareholding base
is 26%. An adverse outcome in connection with such litigation could adversely affect our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Second, on June 15, 2017, the Department of Mineral Resources issued a substantially revised South African

Mining Charter. The revised charter sets forth new requirements with regard to continuing ownership of mining
rights by BEE entities, the form and percentage of that ownership by BEE entities, procurement from BEE
compliant entities, race and gender ownership and employment quotas, and workers’ housing and living
conditions. The new charter was immediately challenged by the Chamber of Mines. As a result of such legal
challenge, the application of the new charter has been consensually suspended pending the conclusion of the
legal process. We are uncertain as to whether the new charter will be ultimately implemented in its current form,
but a new mining charter with stricter requirements similar to those described above could adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.

Our ore resources and reserve estimates are based on a number of assumptions, including mining and
recovery factors, future cash costs of production and ore demand and pricing. As a result, ore resources and
reserve quantities actually produced may differ from current estimates.

The mineral resource and reserve estimates are estimates of the quantity and ore grades in our mines based
on the interpretation of geological data obtained from drill holes and other sampling techniques, as well as from
feasibility studies. The accuracy of these estimates is dependent on the assumptions and judgments made in
interpreting the geological data. The assessment of geographical characteristics, such as location, quantity,
quality, continuity of geology and grade, is made with varying degrees of confidence in accordance with

20

established guidelines and standards. We use various exploration techniques, including geophysical surveys and
sampling through drilling and trenching, to investigate resources and implement applicable quality assurance and
quality control criteria to ensure that data is representative. Our mineral reserves represent the amount of ore that
we believe can be economically mined and processed, and are estimated based on a number of factors, which
have been stated in accordance with SEC Industry Guide 7 (‘‘Industry Guide 7’’), the South African Code for
Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves 2007 version, as amended 2009
(SAMREC) and the Australian code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources the Joint Ore
Reserves Committee Code (2012) (JORC).

There is significant uncertainty in any mineral reserve or mineral resource estimate. Factors that are beyond

our control, such as the ability to secure mineral rights, the sufficiency of mineralization to support mining and
beneficiation practices and the suitability of the market may significantly impact mineral resource and reserve
estimates. The actual deposits encountered and the economic viability of mining a deposit may differ materially
from our estimates. Since these mineral resources and reserves are estimates based on assumptions related to
factors discussed above, we may revise these estimates in the future as we become aware of new developments.
To maintain TiO2 feedstock production beyond the expected lives of our existing mines or to increase production
materially above projected levels, we will need to access additional reserves through exploration or discovery.

If we are unable to innovate and successfully introduce new products, or new technologies or processes
reduce the demand for our products or the price at which we can sell products, our profitability could be
adversely affected.

Our industries and the end-use markets into which we sell our products experience periodic technological

change and product improvement. Our future growth will depend on our ability to gauge the direction of
commercial and technological progress in key end-use markets and on our ability to fund and successfully
develop, manufacture and market products in such changing end-use markets. We must continue to identify,
develop and market innovative products or enhance existing products on a timely basis to maintain our profit
margins and our competitive position. We may be unable to develop new products or technology, either alone or
with third parties, or license intellectual property rights from third parties on a commercially competitive basis. If
we fail to keep pace with the evolving technological innovations in our end-use markets on a competitive basis,
our financial condition and results of operations could be adversely affected.

In addition, new technologies or processes have the potential to replace or provide lower-cost alternatives to

our products, such as new processes that reduce TiO2 in consumer products or the use of chloride slag in the
production of TiO2, which could result in TiO2 producers using less chloride slag, or to reduce the need for TiO2
in consumer products, which could depress the demand and pricing for TiO2. We cannot predict whether
technological innovations will, in the future, result in a lower demand for our products or affect the
competitiveness of our business. We may be required to invest significant resources to adapt to changing
technologies, markets and competitive environments.

We are subject to many environmental, health and safety regulations that may result in unanticipated costs or
liabilities, which could reduce our profitability.

Our operations and production facilities are subject to extensive environmental and health and safety laws

and regulations at national, international and local levels in numerous jurisdictions relating to use of natural
resources, pollution, protection of the environment, mine site remediation, transporting and storing raw materials
and finished products, and storing and disposing of hazardous wastes among other materials. Such laws include,
in the U.S., the Clean Air Act and the Clean Water Act, protecting of air and water resources, the Toxic
Substances Control Act (TSCA), and in the EU, the Registration, Evaluation, Authorization and Restrictions of
Chemicals (‘‘REACH’’), REACH regulation, requiring registration of chemicals in commerce and reporting of
potential known adverse effects, and numerous other local, state and federal laws and regulations governing
materials transport and packaging. Analogous regimes exist in other parts of the world, including Australia and
China and there are rules to conform chemical labeling in accordance with the globally harmonized system.
Additional new laws and regulations may be enacted or adopted by various regulatory agencies globally. For
example, TSCA reform was enacted in June 2016, and the U.S. EPA is in the process of developing new
chemical control regulations.

The costs of compliance with the extensive environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or the
inability to obtain, update or renew permits required for operation or expansion of our business could reduce our

21

profitability or otherwise adversely affect our business. If we fail to comply with the conditions of our permits
governing the production and management of regulated materials, mineral sands mining licenses or leases or the
provisions of the applicable U.S., South African or Australian law, these permits, mining licenses or leases and
mining rights could be canceled or suspended, and we could be prevented from obtaining new mining and
prospecting rights, which could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial
condition. Additionally, we could incur substantial costs, including fines, damages, criminal or civil sanctions and
remediation costs, or experience interruptions in our operations, for violations arising under these laws and
regulations. In the event of a catastrophic incident involving any of the raw materials we use, or chemicals or
mineral products we produce, we could incur material costs as a result of addressing the consequences of such
event.

Changes to existing laws governing operations, especially changes in laws relating to transportation of
mineral resources, the treatment of land and infrastructure, contaminated land, the remediation of mines, tax
royalties, exchange control restrictions, environmental remediation, mineral rights, ownership of mining assets, or
the rights to prospect and mine may have a material adverse effect on our future business operations and
financial performance. There is risk that onerous conditions may be attached to authorizations in the form of
mining rights, water-use licenses, miscellaneous licenses and environmental approvals, or that the grant of these
approvals may be delayed or not granted.

Our current operations involve the production and management of regulated materials that are subject to
various environmental laws and regulations and are dependent on obtaining and the periodic renewal of permits
from various governmental agencies. The inability to obtain, update or renew permits related to the operation of
our businesses, or the costs required in order to comply with permit standards, could have a material adverse
effect on us.

Moreover, certain environmental laws impose joint and several and/or strict liability for costs to clean up

and restore sites where pollutants have been disposed or otherwise spilled or released. We are currently
addressing certain areas of known contamination on our own properties, none of which we presently anticipate
will result in any material costs or adverse impacts on our business or operations. However, we cannot be certain
that we will not incur significant costs and liabilities for remediation or damage to property, natural resources or
persons as a result of spills or releases from our operations or those of a third party.

The classification of TiO2 as a Category 2 Carcinogen in the European Union could result in more stringent
regulatory control with respect to TiO2.

In May 2016, France’s competent authority under the EU’s REACH regulation submitted a proposal to the
European Chemicals Agency (‘‘ECHA’’) that would classify TiO2 as carcinogenic in humans by inhalation. The
Company together with other companies and trade associations representing the TiO2 industry and industries
consuming our products, submitted comments opposing the classification, based on evidence from
epidemiological and other scientific studies. On October 12, 2017, ECHA’s Committee for Risk Assessment
(‘‘RAC’’) released a written opinion dated September 14, 2017 stating that based on the scientific evidence it
reviewed, there is sufficient grounds to classify TiO2 under the EU’s Classification, Labelling and Packaging
Regulation (‘‘CLP’’) as a Category 2 Carcinogen, but only with a hazard statement describing the risk by
inhalation. The European Commission will review the RAC’s formal recommendation to determine what
regulatory measures, if any, should be taken. If the European Commission decides to adopt this classification, it
could require that products manufactured with TiO2 be classified as containing carcinogenic materials, which
could impact our business by inhibiting the marketing of products containing TiO2 to consumers, and subject our
manufacturing operations to new regulations that could increase costs. Any classification, use restriction or
authorized requirement for use imposed by the ECHA could have additional effects under other EU laws (e.g.,
those affecting medical and pharmaceutical applications, cosmetics, food packaging and food additives) and/or
trigger heightened regulatory scrutiny in countries and local jurisdictions outside the EU based on health and
safety grounds. It is also possible that heightened regulatory scrutiny would lead to claims by consumers or those
involved in the production of such products alleging adverse health impacts.

22

Our dependence on burning natural gas to generate electrical energy and steam and our manufacturing
practices that release CO2 to the atmosphere could mean that governmental initiatives to limit the emission of
GHG could have an adverse effect in the future on our costs and therefore our results of operations.

Our U.S.-based operations are also subject to EPA’s regulations regarding GHG emissions and, depending

upon the nature and scope of any future regulations, could become subject to additional costs or limitations.
Current requirements include an obligation to monitor and report the GHG emissions from our facilities and to
comply with the Clean Air Act’s Prevention of Significant Deterioration requirements in connection with any
new or modified major sources of GHG emissions. Although we believe our operations are currently in
compliance with these obligations, EPA has continued to pursue additional GHG regulations, including the
currently proposed Clean Power Plan for existing sources of GHGs in the power generating sector. In addition,
several states have taken legal measures to reduce emissions of GHGs, including through the planned
development of GHG emission inventories and/or regional GHG ‘‘cap and trade’’ programs. Although our
facilities are not currently subject to any such program, the expansion or further adoption of such programs in
jurisdictions where we operate could impose additional compliance obligations on our facilities. As a result, such
programs could result in an increase in fuel or energy costs for our businesses or, if we are directly regulated, an
additional cost to acquire necessary allowances. Future costs of compliance with either the existing or future
federal or State regulations could materially and adversely affect our business, operating results and financial
condition.

We may be subject to litigation, the disposition of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations.

The nature of our operations exposes us to possible litigation claims, including disputes with competitors,
customers, equipment vendors, environmental groups and other non-governmental organizations or NGOs, and
providers of shipping services. Some of the lawsuits may seek fines or penalties and damages in large amounts,
or seek to restrict our business activities. Because of the uncertain nature of litigation and coverage decisions, we
cannot predict the outcome of these matters or whether insurance claims may mitigate any damages to us.
Litigation is very costly, and the costs associated with prosecuting and defending litigation matters could have a
material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Expansion or improvement of our existing facilities may not result in revenue increases and will be subject to
regulatory, environmental, political, legal and economic risks, which could adversely affect our results of
operations and financial condition.

One of the ways we may grow our business is through the expansion or improvement of our existing
facilities. The construction of additions or modifications to our existing facilities involve numerous regulatory,
environmental, political, legal and economic uncertainties that are beyond our control. Such expansion or
improvement projects may also require the expenditure of significant amounts of capital, and financing may not
be available on economically acceptable terms or at all. If we undertake these projects, they may not be
completed on schedule, at the budgeted cost, or at all. Moreover, our revenue may not increase immediately upon
the expenditure of funds on a particular project. As a result, we may not be able to realize our expected
investment return, which could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We compete with other mining and chemical businesses for key human resources in the countries in which we
operate, and our business will suffer if we are unable to hire highly skilled employees or if our key officers or
employees discontinue employment with us.

We compete with other chemical and mining companies, and other companies generally, in the countries in
which we operate to attract and retain key human resources at all levels with the appropriate technical skills and
operating and managerial experience necessary to continue operating and expanding our businesses. These
operations use modern techniques and equipment and accordingly require various types of skilled workers. The
success of our business will be materially dependent upon the skills, experience and efforts of our key officers
and skilled employees. Competition for skilled employees is particularly severe in Western Australia and at
Namakwa Sands, which may cost us in terms of higher labor costs or reduced productivity. As a result, we may
not be able to attract and retain skilled and experienced employees. Should we lose any of our key personnel or
fail to attract and retain key qualified personnel or other skilled employees, our business may be harmed and our
operational results and financial condition could be affected.

23

There may be difficulty in effecting service of legal process and enforcing judgments against us and our
directors and management.

We are registered under the laws of Western Australia, Australia, and substantial portions of our assets are
located outside of the U.S. In addition, certain members of our board of directors reside outside the U.S. As a
result, it may be difficult for investors to effect service of process within the U.S. upon Tronox Limited or such
other persons residing outside the U.S., or to enforce judgments outside the U.S. obtained against such persons in
U.S. courts in any action, including actions predicated upon the civil liability provisions of the U.S. federal
securities laws. In addition, it may be difficult for investors to enforce rights predicated upon the U.S. federal
securities laws in original actions brought in courts in jurisdictions located outside the United States.

Third parties may develop new intellectual property rights for processes and/or products that we would want to
use, but would be unable to do so; or, third parties may claim that the products we make or the processes that
we use infringe their intellectual property rights, which may cause us to pay unexpected litigation costs or
damages or prevent us from making, using or selling products we make or require alteration of the processes
we use.

Results of our operations may also be negatively impacted if a competitor develops or has the right to use
intellectual property rights for new processes or products and we cannot obtain similar rights on favorable terms
or are unable to independently develop non-infringing competitive alternatives.

Although there are currently no known pending or threatened proceedings or claims that are material
relating to alleged infringement, misappropriation or violation of the intellectual property rights of others, we
may be subject to legal proceedings and claims in the future in which third parties allege that their patents or
other intellectual property rights are infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated by us or our products or
processes. In the event that any such infringement, misappropriation or violation of the intellectual property
rights of others is found, we may need to obtain licenses from those parties or substantially re-engineer our
products or processes to avoid such infringement, misappropriation or violation. We might not be able to obtain
the necessary licenses on acceptable terms or be able to re-engineer our products or processes successfully.
Moreover, if we are found by a court of law to infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate the intellectual
property rights of others, we could be required to pay substantial damages or be enjoined from making, using or
selling the infringing products or technology. We also could be enjoined from making, using or selling the
allegedly infringing products or technology pending the final outcome of the suit. Any of the foregoing could
adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

If our intellectual property were compromised or copied by competitors, or if competitors were to develop
similar intellectual property independently, our results of operations could be negatively affected.

Our success depends to a significant degree upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property

rights. Although we own and have applied for numerous patents and trademarks throughout the world, we may
have to rely on judicial enforcement of our patents and other proprietary rights. Our patents and other intellectual
property rights may be challenged, invalidated, circumvented, and rendered unenforceable or otherwise
compromised. A failure to protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property could have an adverse effect on our
financial condition and results of operations.

We also rely upon unpatented proprietary technology, expertise and other trade secrets to maintain our
competitive position. While we maintain policies to enter into confidentiality agreements with our employees and
third parties to protect our proprietary expertise and other trade secrets, these agreements may not be enforceable
or, even if legally enforceable, we may not have adequate remedies for breaches of such agreements. We also
may not be able to readily detect breaches of such agreements. The failure of our patents or confidentiality
agreements to protect our proprietary technology, expertise or trade secrets could result in significantly lower
revenues, reduced profit margins or loss of market share.

In addition, we may be unable to determine when third parties are using our intellectual property rights

without our authorization. We also have licensed certain of our intellectual property rights to third parties, and
we cannot be certain that our licensees are using our intellectual property only as authorized by the applicable
license agreement. The undetected or unremedied unauthorized use of our intellectual property rights or the
legitimate development or acquisition of intellectual property related to our industry by third parties could reduce
or eliminate any competitive advantage we have as a result of our intellectual property, adversely affecting our

24

financial condition and results of operations. If we must take legal action to protect, defend or enforce our
intellectual property rights, any suits or proceedings could result in significant costs and diversion of our
resources and our management’s attention, and we may not prevail in any such suits or proceedings. A failure to
protect, defend or enforce our intellectual property rights could have an adverse effect on our financial condition
and results of operations.

If our intangible assets or other long-lived assets become impaired, we may be required to record a significant
noncash charge to earnings.

We have a significant amount of intangible assets and other long-lived assets on our consolidated balance

sheets. Under generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (‘‘U.S. GAAP’’), we review our
intangible assets and other long-lived assets for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate the
carrying value may not be recoverable. Factors that may be considered a change in circumstances, indicating that
the carrying value of our intangible assets and other long-lived assets may not be recoverable, include, but are
not limited to, a significant decline in share price and market capitalization, changes in the industries in which
we operate, particularly the impact of a downturn in the global economy, as well as competition or other factors
leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. We may be required to record a significant
noncash charge in our financial statements during the period in which any impairment of our intangible assets
and other long-lived assets is determined, negatively impacting our results of operations.

Our ability to use NOLs to offset future income may be limited.

Our ability to use any net operating losses (‘‘NOLs’’) and section 163(j) interest expense carryforwards
(which are now subject to Section 382 limitations per the new recently enacted U.S. major tax reform legislation)
generated by it could be substantially limited if we were to experience an ‘‘ownership change’’ as defined under
Section 382 of the Code. In general, an ‘‘ownership change’’ would occur if our ‘‘5-percent shareholders,’’ as
defined under Section 382 of the Code, including certain groups of persons treated as ‘‘5-percent shareholders,’’
collectively increased their ownership in us by more than 50 percentage points over a rolling three-year period.
The Exxaro Share Transaction and the issuance of the Class A ordinary shares to Cristal Netherlands in
connection with the Cristal Transaction may result in an ‘‘ownership change’’ for U.S. federal and applicable
state income tax purposes. Should Exxaro decide to sell a significant portion of their remaining ownership in the
future, an ‘‘ownership change’’ will most likely occur. A corporation that experiences an ownership change will
generally be subject to an annual limitation on the use of its pre-ownership change NOLs (and certain other
losses and/or credits) equal to the equity value of the corporation immediately before the ownership change,
multiplied by the long-term tax-exempt rate for the month in which the ownership change occurs. Although our
NOLs continue to have full valuation allowances, such a limitation could, for any given year, have the effect of
increasing the amount of our U.S. federal income tax liability, which would negatively impact our financial
condition and the amount of after-tax cash available for distribution to holders of our ordinary shares.

We could be subject to changes in tax rates, adoption of new tax laws or additional tax liabilities.

We are subject to taxation in the United States, Australia and various other foreign jurisdictions. Our future

effective tax rate could be affected by changes in statutory rates and other legislative changes, or changes in
determinations regarding the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. From time to time, the U.S. federal,
state and local and foreign governments make substantive changes to tax rules and their application, which could
result in higher corporate taxes than would be incurred under existing tax law and could have an adverse effect
on our results of operations or financial condition. From time to time, we are also subject to tax audits by
various taxing authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service in the United States and the Australian Tax
Office in Australia. Although we believe our tax positions are appropriate, the final determination of any tax
audits could be materially different from our income tax provisions, accruals and reserves and any such
unfavorable outcome from a tax audit could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or
financial condition.

Our results of operations and financial condition could be seriously impacted by security breaches, including
cybersecurity incidents.

Failure to effectively prevent, detect and recover from security breaches, including attacks on information
technology and infrastructure by hackers; viruses; breaches due to employee error or actions; or other disruptions
could result in misuse of our assets, business disruptions, loss of property including trade secrets and confidential

25

business information, legal claims or proceedings, reporting errors, processing inefficiencies, negative media
attention, loss of sales and interference with regulatory compliance. We have determined that such attacks could
result in unauthorized parties gaining access to at least certain confidential business information. However, to
date, we have not experienced any material financial impact, changes in the competitive environment or business
operations that we attribute to these attacks. Although management does not believe that we have experienced
any material losses to date related to security breaches, including cybersecurity incidents, there can be no
assurance that we will not suffer such losses in the future. We actively manage the risks within our control that
could lead to business disruptions and security breaches. As these threats continue to evolve, particularly around
cybersecurity, we may be required to expend significant resources to enhance our control environment, processes,
practices and other protective measures. Despite these efforts, such events could materially adversely affect our
business, financial condition or results of operations.

We may need additional capital in the future and may not be able to obtain it on favorable terms.

Our businesses are capital intensive, and our success depends to a significant degree on our ability to

develop and market innovative products and to update our facilities and process technology. We may require
additional capital in the future to finance our growth and development, implement further marketing and sales
activities, fund ongoing research and development activities and meet general working capital needs. Our capital
requirements will depend on many factors, including acceptance of, and demand for our products, the extent to
which we invest in new technology and research and development projects, and the status and timing of these
developments, as well as general availability of capital from debt and/or equity markets. Additional financing
may not be available when needed on terms favorable to us, or at all. Further, the terms of our debt may limit
our ability to incur additional indebtedness or issue additional equity. If we are unable to obtain adequate funds
on acceptable terms, we may be unable to develop or enhance our products, take advantage of future
opportunities or respond to competitive pressures, which could harm our results of operations, financial condition
and business prospects.

26

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved comments that were received from the SEC staff.

Item 2.

Properties

Below are our primary offices and facilities at December 31, 2017. We believe our properties are in good
operating condition, and are well maintained. Pursuant to separate financing agreements, substantially all of our
U.S. properties are pledged or encumbered to support or otherwise provide security for our indebtedness.

Corporate

Our corporate offices consisted of the following:

Location

Owned/Leased

Offices

Stamford, Connecticut . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Kwinana Beach, Western Australia . . . . .
London, United Kingdom. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Leased
Owned
Leased

263 Tresser Boulevard, Suite 1100
Lot 22 Mason Road, Kwinana Beach WA 6167, Australia
25 Bury Street, 3rd Floor

TiO2 Segment

Mining Operations

Our KZN Sands operations consist of the Fairbreeze mine, a concentration plant, a mineral separation plant

and a smelter complex with two furnaces.

Our Namakwa Sands operations include the Namakwa Sands mine, a primary concentration plant, a

secondary concentration plant, a separation plant, and a smelter complex with two furnaces.

Our Western Australia operations consist of the Cooljarloo dredge mine and floating heavy mineral
concentration plant and the Chandala metallurgical complex, which includes a mineral separation plant and a
synthetic rutile plant.

Pigment Operations

Our owned office at 3301 NW 150th Street in Oklahoma City, Oklahoma is used for our pigment

management operations and research and development.

Our pigment facilities consist of the physical assets necessary and appropriate to produce, distribute and
supply our TiO2, and consist mainly of manufacturing and distribution facilities. The following table summarizes
our TiO2 production facilities and production facilities and capacity (in gross MT per year), by location:

Facility

Hamilton, Mississippi . . . . . . . . . . .
Kwinana, Western Australia . . . . . .
Botlek, the Netherlands. . . . . . . . . .

Production

TiO2
TiO2
TiO2

TiO2
Capacity

225,000
150,000
90,000

Process

Chloride
Chloride
Chloride

Property
Owned/Leased

Facility
Owned/Leased

Owned
Owned
Leased

Owned
Owned
Owned

Electrolytic Operations

We have an electrolytic manufacturing and distribution facility as follows:

Facility

Product

Property
Owned/Leased

Facility
Owned/Leased

Henderson, Nevada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EMD, Boron products

Leased

Owned

27

Mineral Properties

As of December 31, 2017, we owned mining rights to ore reserves described herein at our three mineral

sands operations in South Africa and Western Australia, where we mine heavy mineral sands to supply titanium
mineral feedstock to our TiO2 manufacturing business and co- products for external sale.

Each mining operation maintains a Life-of-Mine Plan (‘‘LOMP’’), which is a strategic business plan for

short and long-term mine planning and decision-making. A LOMP is based, in part, on estimated mineral
reserves and can serve as a road map for mine development and planning, resource development, production
targets, marketing, and financial management.

Reporting of Ore Reserve and Mineral Resources

U.S. registrants are required to report ore reserves under Industry Guide 7, ‘‘Description of Property by
Issuers Engaged or To Be Engaged in Significant Mining Operations’’. Industry Guide 7 requires that sufficient
technical and economic studies have been completed to reasonably assure economic extraction of the declared
reserves, based on the parameters and assumptions current to the end of the reporting period.

The mineral reserve estimates are based on detailed geological, geotechnical, mine engineering and mineral
processing inputs, into financial models developed and reviewed by Tronox employees and management in South
Africa, Australia and the U.S., including senior personnel who have been involved with each of our active
mining and mineral processing operations since the operations commenced.

Our heavy minerals reserves estimates have evolved from years of in-house reserve estimates,

reconciliations and revised economic analyses and are routinely reviewed by third party consultants to comply
with Industry Guide 7. Mineral reserve estimates are developed using conventional methods used in the mining
industry, guided by the mineral resource reporting standards of the South African Code for the Reporting of
Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Mineral Reserves, also known as the SAMREC code (‘‘SAMREC’’),
or the Australasian Code for Reporting of Exploration Results, Mineral Resources and Ore Reserves, also known
as the JORC code (‘‘JORC’’). Definitions and determination of Proven and Probable Reserve estimates under
Industry Guide 7 are equivalent in all material respects to the ore reserve classifications under SAMREC and
JORC, both internationally recognized guidelines for disclosures of mineral resources and reserves designed to
ensure transparency, data validity and standardized methodologies for estimating the size and grades of mineral
deposits. Both SAMREC and JORC require technical resource reports, written or supervised by a professional
certified as a Competent Person by one or more of the organizations responsible for development and
maintenance of their respective reporting standards. Annual Mineral Resource and Ore Reserve Statements are
prepared by experienced Tronox resource professionals for each of our three heavy mineral sand operating units,
and reviewed by qualified experts who are certified by the professional organizations sanctioned under their
respective country codes for disclosures of mineral resources and reserves.

Our heavy mineral reserve estimates under SAMREC and JORC follow similar prescribed methodologies to

classify portions of a mineral deposit as measured, indicated or inferred resources according to the level of
geological confidence. Portions of those categories determined to be economic by more rigorous modeling at the
time of the evaluation may be upgraded to ‘‘proved’’ or ‘‘probable’’ ore reserves.

Despite differences between Industry Guide 7 and SAMREC or JORC the methodologies for determination

of mineral reserves, or ‘‘ore reserves,’’ and definitions of reserve classifications are essentially equivalent. The
Proven and Probable heavy mineral (‘‘HM’’) reserves stated in the tables in this report are unmodified from the
Proved and Probable HM reserves declared in the Mineral Resources and Reserves Statements submitted by our
South African and Australian operations. Under Industry Guide 7, SAMREC and JORC, Proven (or ‘‘Proved’’)
reserves have a higher confidence level than Probable reserves.

Mining and Mineral Tenure

Industry Guide 7 requires us to describe our rights to access and mine the minerals we report as ore
reserves and to disclose any change in mineral tenure of material significance. Our heavy mineral exploration
and mining activities in South Africa and Australia are regulated by the South African Department of Mineral
Resources and the Western Australia Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety, respectively. All of
our exploration and mining operations are subject to multiple levels of environmental regulatory review, that
include approvals of environmental programs and public comment periods as pre-conditions to granting of

28

mineral tenure. The rights and regulatory framework for minerals of relevance to Tronox are generally described
below, followed by additional details of our three major mineral extraction and processing operations.

Mineral Tenure - South Africa

The South African Department of Mineral Resources (‘‘DMR’’) is the regulatory administrator of mineral

rights in South Africa, subject to the provisions of the Mineral and Petroleum Resources Development Act
(‘‘MPRDA’’), of 2004, amended 2009. The MPRDA vests all mineral rights in South Africa in the national
government and establishes conditions for the acquisition and maintenance of prospecting and mining rights.
Prospecting rights are initially granted for a maximum period of five years and can be renewed once for an
extension of up to three years. Mining rights are granted by the DMR, subject to approvals by the Department of
Environmental Affairs (‘‘DEA’’) of an Environmental Management Program (‘‘EMP’’) and an Integrated Water
and Waste Use License.

Mining rights are valid for up to 30 years and may be extended by 30-year renewals. They may be revoked
if the conditions of the EMP are breached or for other contraventions of the MPRDA. Environmental permitting
and compliance are co-administered by the Western Cape DEA and Development Planning (Namakwa Sands)
and the KZN DEA (KZN Sands). All rights, licenses and permits for Namakwa Sands and KZN Sands are in
good standing.

Through Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd, Namakwa Sands holds mining and prospecting rights, mostly at

the active mining site near Brand-se-Baai.

Tronox also controls mining and prospecting rights in KwaZulu-Natal Province, on South Africa’s Indian
Ocean coast, through our majority ownership of KZN Sands. Much of the surface access rights at the Fairbreeze
mine are secured through an agreement with Mondi Ltd.

Mineral Tenure - Australia

Mining tenements in Western Australia include Prospecting Licenses, Exploration Licenses, Retention
Licenses, Mining Leases, and other instruments set forth by the Western Australia Mining Act of 1978. Mining
activities are governed by various laws and regulations administered by State and National agencies, particularly
the Western Australia Department of Mines, Industry Regulation and Safety (DMIRS) and the Western Australia
Department of Water and Environmental Regulation.

In Western Australia, Tronox controls mining leases, exploration and other licenses and rights. Mining and

Public Environmental Review plans are approved for the Cooljarloo mine and the planned Dongara mine.
Environmental Protection Agency approval of Cooljarloo West is anticipated during 2018.

Mining of the main Cooljarloo deposits are authorized by the Mineral Sands (Cooljarloo) Mining and
Processing Agreement Act 1988 (WA), under Mineral Sands Agreement 268 (MSA 268), covering 9,745 hectares
(24,080 acres). The remainder of our heavy mineral ore reserves are held by mining leases granted by the
DMIRS. We hold 15 mining and attendant environmental approvals at the Dongara project. Three older mining
leases are held at our Jurien property, the site of a former heavy mineral open pit mine operated by WMC in the
1970’s.

Mineral Sands - South Africa and Western Australia

HM sands are naturally concentrated granular minerals of high densities (conventionally above about 2.9

gm/cm3), formed by erosion, transport and concentration. Not all of the HM has commercial value, and a
distinction is made between the Total Heavy Minerals (‘‘THM’’) and the portion of the THM composed of
Valuable Heavy Minerals (‘‘VHM’’). VHM can be recovered at relatively low cost by gravity, magnetic and
electrostatic separation techniques. In our disclosures, we express grade in terms of percentage of THM by
weight in the ore, and express individual VHM as percentages of the total heavy minerals unless otherwise
stated.

29

Our TiO2 business explores, acquires, mines and processes HMs to produce, commercial grades of VHM

co-products, and upgrades the titanium mineral, ilmenite, into high-grade feedstock for our TiO2 manufacturing
facilities. A diagram of our heavy mineral sand mining and processing — TiO2 pigment value chain is as
follows:

All of our HM mining operations extract ilmenite, a titanium-iron oxide mineral, rutile, a premium TiO2
mineral feedstock and zircon, a zirconium silicate (ZrSiO4) mineral valuable for its application in a diverse range
of industrial and construction end-uses. Leucoxene is a naturally upgraded form of ilmenite. Other heavy
minerals present in our heavy mineral assemblages may have commercial value, subject to their recovery from
heavy mineral concentrate (‘‘HMC’’) feed to our mineral separation plants. We recover and market staurolite, an
aluminum silicate mineral used in sandblasting and other applications, at our Chandala mineral separation plant
from the HMC feed from our Cooljarloo mine HMC. Other mineral constituents of potential value include garnet
and monazite. Our reserve estimates are based solely upon the value of extractable and recoverable zircon, rutile,
ilmenite and leucoxene.

In 2017, we mined VHM, including ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene, and zircon at three integrated operations:

Namakwa Sands, Western Cape, South Africa, KZN and Tronox Northern Operations in, Western Australia. Our
three TiO2 feedstock operating centers integrate ilmenite with metallurgical beneficiation. Ilmenite is converted to
synthetic rutile (SR) in our Northern Operations in Western Australia, to provide SR feedstock to our Southern
Operations TiO2 pigment manufacturing. Ilmenite is converted to titanium slag and pig iron in our integrated
Namakwa and KZN smelter facilities in South Africa.

TRONOX MINERAL SAND PRODUCT CAPACITIES

Capacity (metric tons per year)
Rutile(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Synthetic rutile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium slag . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Zircon(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pig iron . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reserve life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exploration rights & undeveloped reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Namakwa
Sands

31,000
—
190,000
125,000
100,000
25+ Years
Yes

(1) Rutile includes natural rutile and leucoxene.
(2)

Includes all commercial grades of zircon

30

KZN
Sands

Western
Australia

Total

25,000
—
220,000
55,000
121,000
12+ Years
Yes

35,000
220,000

40,000

91,000
220,000
— 410,000
220,000
— 221,000

20+ Years
Yes

 
Namakwa Sands, Western Cape and KZN, South Africa

Our heavy mineral sand operations in South Africa include similar material flows from integrated

mine-mineral separation-smelter value chains on the west and east coasts of South Africa. Both Namakwa and
KZN Sands produce smelter products of titanium slag and pig iron, plus commercial grades of zircon and
high-grade titanium mineral concentrates. In the Western Cape Province, we mine the large Namakwa heavy
mineral deposit at Brand-se-Baai from two open-cut shovel-and-truck dry mines, each with a dedicated primary
wet concentration plant. Primary concentrate is separated into magnetic and non-magnetic fractions at a
secondary concentration plant at the mine, and the secondary concentrates are further processed at a mineral
separation plant (‘‘dry mill’’) 52 km south of the mine at Koekenaap. Ilmenite, rutile and zircon are transported
by rail to Saldanha Bay, where ilmenite is smelted in a two-furnace complex into titanium slag and pig iron.
Chloride-grade slag, slag fines, pig iron, rutile and zircon are exported from our proprietary facilities at the
Saldanha Bay deep-water port, about 150 km north of Cape Town.

Reserve estimates as of December 31, 2017, in accordance with SAMREC (2009) reporting standards, are:

43.8 million tonnes in-place HM, containing about 19.6 million metric tonnes ilmenite, 4.5 million tonnes zircon,
and 4.0 million tonnes rutile and leucoxene from 687 million tonnes of ore. These reserves are sufficient to
sustain the current rate of mining for over 25 years without any new reserve additions.

The Namakwa heavy mineral assemblage is diverse and heterogeneous, creating challenges to efficient
recovery of valuable heavy minerals. Significant amounts of low-value heavy minerals in the Namakwa HM
assemblage include: garnet, pyroxene, hematite, magnetite, and kyanite. Most of the ore reserves are hosted by a
complex dune sand sequence over 40 meters thick, known as the Orange Feldspathic Sand, or ‘‘OFS.’’. The OFS
is significantly affected by the formation of hard duricrust layers and lenses, interpreted to be a chemical
precipitate of variable amounts of silicon (Si), calcium (Ca), magnesium (Mg), iron (Fe), aluminum (Al) and
other constituents from alkaline groundwater. The duricrust is superposed upon HM-bearing strata and adversely
affects VHM recoveries. Additional reserves are hosted at the surface by a sheet-like layer of iron oxide-stained,
wind-blown sand known as the red aeolian sand (RAS). No overburden is present.

Adjustments to our geotechnical-economic modelling and a comprehensive metallurgical program have

enabled division of the West and East deposits into blocks of discrete geological domains with distinctive
mineralogical and processing characteristics. Our improved understanding of Namakwa ore has led to
improvements in liberation and recoveries of VHM.

The KZN Sands integrated mining-processing operation consists of the Fairbreeze mine, south of the coastal

town of Mtunzini, 45 kilometers SSW of Richards Bay, a Central Processing Complex (‘‘CPC’’) at Empangeni,
where ilmenite is fed to a dual electric arc furnace smelter for conversion into slag and pig iron, and storage and
export facilities at the port of Richards Bay. Smelter products, rutile and zircon are exported from Richards Bay.
The Fairbreeze deposit is hosted by deeply weathered ‘‘Berea-type’’ sands which are mined using a hydraulic
mining technique that was pioneered at the now-depleted Hillendale mine from 2001-2013. High-pressure water
jets disaggregate the fine-grained ore sand into a slurry that is pumped to a semi-mobile primary wet plant for
the production of heavy mineral concentrate. HMC is hauled by truck 40 km to the Empangeni CPC, 18 km west
of Richards Bay, for separation into rutile, zircon and ilmenite. Ilmenite is fed to an adjoining two-furnace
smelter for production of titanium slag and pig iron. All products are exported from Richards Bay.

The Fairbreeze deposit is hosted by a complex of strandline/paleo-dune couplets, about two kilometers
inland from the modern coastline, forming an elongate ridge extending about 12 km south-southwesterly from the
town of Mtunzini with a maximum width of about two kilometers. No overburden is present. Modern erosion has
dissected the deposit into five discrete ore bodies, named Fairbreeze A, B, C, C-Extension and D. The Fairbreeze
dune complex is part of a regional, coast-parallel corridor of terraces and dunes collectively known as the Berea
Red Sand that formed along the southeastern coast of Africa from Durban to Mombasa, in response to static sea
levels of the Pliocene-Pleistocene. As with all heavy mineral sand deposits, iron-titanium oxides, rutile, zircon
and other minerals in the HM assemblage at Fairbreeze are inherited from their source rock provenance and
modified by selective sorting during deposition. Probable source rocks for the HM are the Natal Metamorphic
Province and younger rift-related basalts.

Reserve estimates for KZN as of December 31, 2017, in accordance with SAMREC (2009) reporting
standards, are: 177 million tonnes ore averaging 6.2% total heavy minerals. According to the Fairbreeze LOMP,
our reserves are sufficient to sustain production for over 12 years.

31

Tronox Western Australia

Our Cooljarloo mine and Chandala metallurgical complex are the key components of our Northern

Operations in Western Australia. Since the commencement of mining in December 1989, when ore reserves were
manually calculated at a 2% THM cut-off grade, to December 31, 2017, cumulative production during 28 years
of continuous mining at Cooljarloo totals over 18 million tonnes HMC. At the Cooljarloo mine, approximately
170 km north of Perth, two dredges in a single pond feed an ore slurry to a floating concentrator. HMC is hauled
110 km south by truck to our Chandala metallurgical complex near Muchea, 60 km north of Perth, for the
recovery of ilmenite, rutile, leucoxene and zircon. Ilmenite is upgraded at Chandala to synthetic rutile (SR), a
high-TiO2 feedstock for our integrated TiO2 pigment plant at Kwinana, south of Perth. The Kwinana pigment
plant and other components of our Southern Operations in Western Australia are described in Part 1, Item 1.

Our Western Australia ore reserves of over 11.1 million tonnes of in-place total heavy minerals, including

5.8 million tonnes from Cooljarloo, 2.1 million tonnes from Cooljarloo West, and 3.2 million tonnes from
Dongara, are sufficient to sustain our current value chain of HMC, multiple commercial grades of rutile,
leucoxene and zircon, and SR feed to the Kwinana pigment plant for over 20 years.

Ore reserves from three-ore bodies at Cooljarloo West (Kestrel, Harrier and Woolka) will be dredge-mined

as an extension to the life of our Cooljarloo mining operations. Since our 2006 acquisition of the Dongara
project, 370 kilometers north of Perth, we have completed several feasibility studies and obtained all long
lead-time approvals for mining of the Dongara deposits, including environmental licenses and permits.

The economic disadvantage of mining low-grade ore at Cooljarloo is offset by economies of scale, low-cost
dredging, a high-quality VHM suite that constitutes nearly 80% of THM, and good processing characteristics of
the ilmenite in its conversion to SR. Over our nearly three decades of operations, our professional staff in
Western Australia has exploited opportunities to extract value from the integrated mine-to-pigment chain,
allowing us to create one of the most efficient operations in the global mineral sands industry.

Heavy minerals at Cooljarloo and Cooljarloo West occur in multiple, NNW-trending strands and elongate
tabular bodies parallel to the modern coastline. A swarm of HM bodies in the Cooljarloo district span an area 40
km NNW by a width of over 5 km, bounded on the east by the ‘‘Gingin’’ scarp. Shoreline and shallow off-shore
HM placers accumulated on the Swan Coastal Plain during static sea levels of the Pleistocene, or ‘‘Ice Age’’.
Heavy minerals were derived from the granitic and gneissic ‘‘basement’’ of the Yilgarn craton east of the scarp
and recycled from underlying Mesozoic sediments of the northern Perth Basin. Most of the economically
extractible HM deposits in the Cooljarloo district are overlain by younger overburden. Shoreline HM placers of
slightly younger ages than Cooljarloo are also overlain by variable overburden at Jurien and Dongara.

In 2017, 23 million tonnes of ore were mined from Cooljarloo ore reserves. New drilling, reevaluation of
certain reserves and resources, and optimizations of the mine model resulted in a net decrease of our reserve base
by 10 million tonnes. Further reviews of ore exploitation options are planned during 2018.

Our total heavy mineral reserves at December 31, 2017 in Western Australia, including Cooljarloo,
Cooljarloo West and Dongara are 481 million tonnes of ore containing 11.1 million tonnes of heavy minerals,
representing a 4.3% decrease in THM from our year-end 2016 estimate. Included in the in-ground heavy mineral
reserves are approximately 6.5 million tonnes ilmenite, 1.2 million tonnes zircon, and 900,000 combined tonnes
of rutile and leucoxene.

32

Our 2017 combined production from the three HM mining-processing centers are shown in the table below.

Tronox 2017 Production of TiO2, Feedstock and Co-Products

Tronox Operation

Namakwa Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KZN Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tronox Western Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017 Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Rutile(1)

30
19
28

77

Zircon(2)

Synthetic
Rutile
(Thousands of metric tonnes)

Titanium
Slag

121
46
34

201

—
—
243

243

180
179
—

359

Pig Iron

101
104
—

205

(1) Natural rutile and leucoxene

(2)

Includes all commercial grades of zircon

Our South African and Australian mineral sands resource development strategy is guided by an in-house a

resource development group comprised of key personnel with complementary expertise and experience. Our
primary goal is to assure a long-term supply of titanium feedstocks to our vertically-integrated TiO2 value chain.

We believe our combined integrated titanium mining-to-titanium dioxide operations constitute the largest

fully-integrated TiO2 value chain in the world, and the TiO2 business of Tronox is the world’s only
mining-mineral processing chain with production of both titanium slag and synthetic rutile. Our captive slag from
South Africa, synthetic rutile from Western Australia, and natural rutile from our three operations satisfy over
100% of our TiO2 feedstock requirements. Excess TiO2 feedstock can be marketed externally or stockpiled for
future internal consumption.

Natural rutile, synthetic rutile, and titanium slag are to a certain extent fungible as titanium feedstocks for

chloride pigment production. However, each titanium mineral and beneficiated mineral product has a discreet
commercial market, and the commercial value of titanium feedstock is a function not only of TiO2 content and
supply and demand balances, but also particle size, trace element geochemistry, logistics and other factors. The
global TiO2 industry is a valued-added supply chain, with final product prices for TiO2 pigment, typically higher
than that of ilmenite, the base load titanium mineral the industry. The revenue assumptions for titanium
feedstocks applied in the determination of heavy mineral ore reserve estimates are based on our sales contracts,
pricing assumptions in our integrated TiO2 value chain, and market intelligence.

Our LOMP and reserve estimates are derived from detailed techno-economic models created from extensive

geological, mining and analytical databases, and optimized with respect to anticipated revenues, and costs. Cost
assumptions are developed from our extensive experience and include mining parameters, processing recoveries,
foreign exchange, and rehabilitation. Each of our operations reconcile predicted mining and processing metrics
with actual production and recovery data on a monthly basis. Our models are updated as necessary and used to
determine the ultimate ore boundaries, rather than a simple grade cut-off. To satisfy the disclosure rules in
Industry Guide 7, our nominal cut-off grades are: 0.2% zircon at Namakwa Sands; 1.5% ilmenite at KZN Sands;
and 1.3% THM (approximately 1% VHM) at Tronox Northern Operations, Western Australia.

Heavy Mineral Reserves

Ore reserves are those portions of mineral deposits that are economically and legally exploitable at

December 31, 2017. All of our heavy mineral reserves are reported on the basis of in-place, economically
extractable ore determined from comprehensive geological, mining and economic models and include dilution
and mining losses. Ore is classified as either Proven or Probable, based on the level of confidence in the reserve
estimates and cost/revenue assumptions.

33

The following table summarizes our heavy mineral ore reserves and their contained in situ THM and heavy

mineral assemblages as of December 31, 2017. Increases or decreases in our reserves estimates from
December 31, 2016 to December 31, 2017 are indicated as a percent of in-place THM reserves.

Reserve
Category

Ore
(million
MT)

Average
Grade
(% THM)

In-Place
THM
(million
MT)

VHM Assemblage (% of THM)
Rutile and
Leucoxene

Ilmenite

Zircon

MINE / DEPOSIT

Namakwa Sands Open Pit Dry
Mine – Western Cape RSA

KZN Sands Open Pit Hydraulic

Mine – KZN RSA

South Africa

Cooljarloo – Dredge Mine

Western Australia

Cooljarloo West Planned

Dredge Mine – Western
Australia

Dongara Planned Dry Mine –

Western Australia

Western Australia

Proven
Probable

Total Reserves

Proven
Probable

Total Reserves
Total Reserves

Proven
Probable

Total Reserves

Proven
Probable

Total Reserves

Proven
Probable

Total Reserves
Total Reserves

195
492

687

131
46

177
864

294
20

314

—
105

105

62
—

62
481

8.6
5.5

6.4

6.7
4.6

6.2

1.8
2.1

1.9

—
2.0

2.0

5.2
—

5.2

Global

Total Reserves

1,345

Abbreviations and definitions:

MT —metric tonnes (1 metric ton = 1.10231 short tons)

Change
from
2016
(+ (-) %)

(5.6)%

(6.8)%
(5.9)%

(7.9)%

(4.3)%

(5.6)%

7.8
9.8

9.1

5.2
5.0

5.2

7.7
7.8

7.7

—
7.9

7.9

8.9
—

8.9

9.1
10.9

10.3

8.4
7.2

8.1

10.2
9.3

10.1

—
12.2

12.2

10.9
—

10.9

35.7
50.2

44.7

61.9
53.3

60.2

60.5
61.6

60.6

—
60.5

60.5

48.7
—

48.7

16.7
27.1

43.8

8.8
2.1

10.9
54.7

5.4
0.4

5.8

—
2.1

2.1

3.2
—

3.2
11.1

65.8

Ore Reserves —the portions of our inventories of mineralized material inclusive of dilution, determined to be
economically and legally exploitable as of December 31, 2017, classified as either Probable Reserves or Proven
Reserves, based on level of confidence.

THM — total heavy minerals, with densities >2.9 g/cm3 regardless of commercial value

VHM — valuable heavy minerals, including Ilmenite, Rutile, Leucoxene & Zircon reported as percentage of
THM.

Change from 2016 — Increase or decrease of estimated in-place THM in reserves, expressed as + or – percent
change from 2016.

Key Assumptions — economic viability is determined by techno-economic modeling constructed from
geological, analytical and geotechnical databases, mining parameters, metallurgical recovery assumptions, pit
optimizations, and economic assumptions based on current operating costs, foreign exchange rates, and projected
product sales prices at time of production. Historical sales prices by themselves are unreliable predictors of future
prices, and our revenue forecasts are based on multiple factors, including market research, existing private
contracts, and external consultant opinions. Nominal cut-off grades are 0.2% zircon at Namakwa Sands, 1.5%
ilmenite at KZN Sands, and 1.3% THM (1% VHM) at Cooljarloo and Cooljarloo West.

34

Our forecast production of commercial-quality titanium mineral and zircon concentrates from reserves is
based on mining rates, the heavy mineral assemblage and grade distributions, our experience in valuable mineral
recoveries, and other inputs to our techno-economic models. Mining recoveries are typically 99-100%.
Metallurgical recoveries vary widely as a function of mineral characteristics. Processing efficiencies are affected
by many factors, including mineralogical diversity, grain size, morphology and surface coatings of the heavy
minerals. To a practical extent, mineral separation technology is customized for the physical characteristics of
each mining operation. Cumulative recovery factors for VHM in our mine concentrates, inclusive of HM
concentration at the mine and production of mineral concentrates at the separation plant, are generally in the
range of 70% to 95%. Actual recoveries are applied in our techno-economic models to determine economic
viability. Unrecovered VHM in certain dry mill tailings streams are stockpiled, but their hypothetical value is not
considered in our revenue assumptions.

Mineral reserve estimates, life-of mine projections, and revenue assumptions are inherently forward-looking

and subject to market conditions, uncertainties and unanticipated events beyond our control. Our revenue
assumptions are anchored by in-house and external forecasts of the prevailing sales prices for our mineral
concentrates and beneficiated mineral products at the time of their anticipated sale, or consumption in our
vertically-integrated TiO2 supply chain. In our experience, historical prices for commercial mineral concentrates
and titanium feedstocks are not by themselves a reliable guide to future prices.

The following table compares the heavy mineral reserves reported for the three years ending December 31,

2017, 2016 and 2015:

3-Year Reserves (Mt In-Place THM)

Reserve
Life-Of-Mine

Namakwa Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
KZN Sands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

>25 years
>12 years

Total South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cooljarloo and Cooljarloo West . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dongara . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Western Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

>20 years

Total Tronox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,
2016
(In millions of MT)

46.4
11.7

58.1

8.4
3.2

11.6

69.7

2015

47.8
12.0

59.8

8.2
3.3

11.5

71.3

2017

43.8
10.9

54.7

7.9
3.2

11.1

65.8

The above three -year total heavy mineral reserves for the Tronox Mineral Sands Division are expressed as

millions of MT in-place THM for the years ended 2015 through 2017. LOMPs for each operation may include
some non-reserve mineralized material not currently classified as reserves under SAMREC and JORC the
guidelines, and the mine lives in the LOMPs may be longer than what can be supported by the reserves. Our
LOMP’s and ore reserves support operational lives of over 25 years at Namakwa Sands, over 12 years at KZN
Sands, and over 20 years at our Western Australia Northern Operations.

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

Information required by this item is incorporated herein by reference to the section captioned ‘‘Notes to

Consolidated Financial Statements, Note 17- Commitments and Contingencies’’ of this Form 10-K.

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

Information regarding mine safety and other regulatory actions at our mine in Green River, Wyoming,
operated in conjunction with the Alkali business (which was sold on September 1, 2017), is included in Exhibit
95 of this Form 10-K.

35

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities

Market for our Class A ordinary shares

Our Class A Shares began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on June 18, 2012 under the symbol

‘‘TROX.’’ There is no public trading market for our Class B Shares, which are held by Exxaro.

The following table sets forth, for the fiscal quarters indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of

our Class A Shares, and the dividends declared during 2017 and 2016.

2017
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016
Fourth quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
First quarter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Sales Price

High

Low

Dividends
per Share

$28.40
$23.52
$19.53
$19.99

$12.03
$ 9.92
$ 8.20
$ 6.87

$18.50
$14.83
$12.88
$10.41

$ 7.40
$ 4.17
$ 3.84
$ 2.79

$0.045
$0.045
$0.045
$0.045

$0.045
$0.045
$0.045
$0.25

Holders of Record

As of January 26, 2018, there were approximately 426 holders of record of Class A Shares. This does not

include the shareholders that held shares of our Class A Shares in a nominee or ‘‘street-name’’ accounts through
banks or broker-dealers. See Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and
Related Shareholder Matters.

36

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth selected historical financial data for the periods indicated. In connection with

the Alkali Sale, we recognized a loss of $233 million, net of tax, during the year ended December 31, 2017. As a
result of the Alkali Sale, Alkali’s results of operations have been reported as discontinued operations (see Note 3
of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information). This information should be read in
conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements (including the notes thereto) and our ‘‘Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.’’

Statement of Operations Data:
Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and debt expense, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net gain (loss) on liquidation of non-operating

subsidiaries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from continuing operations before

income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax (provision) benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017

$1,698
388
(251)
1
138
(188)

—
(28)
(9)

(87)
(6)

Year Ended December 31,
2015(1)

2014(1)

2016(1)

$1,309
134
(189)
(1)
(56)
(185)

—
4
(27)

$1,510
19
(199)
(21)
(201)
(176)

—
—
28

$1,737
206
(191)
(15)
—
(133)

(35)
(8)
27

(264)
125

(349)
(23)

(149)
(268)

2013(1)

$1,922
197
(188)
—
9
(130)

24
(4)
46

(55)
(31)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations . . . . . . .

$ (93)
(179)

$ (139)
79

$ (372)
55

$ (417)
—

$ (86)
—

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . .

(272)
13

(60)
1

(317)
12

(417)
10

(86)
35

Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited . . . . . . . .

$ (285)

$ (61)

$ (329)

$ (427)

$ (121)

(Loss) per share from continuing operations

Basic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) per share from discontinued operations(2). . .
Basic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance Sheet Data (continuing operations):
Working capital (3). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total debt, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Supplemental Information (continuing operations):
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. . . . . . . .
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends per share. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (0.89)
$ (0.89)

$ (1.20)
$ (1.20)

$ (3.31)
$ (3.31)

$ (3.74)
$ (3.74)

$ (1.06)
$ (1.06)

$ (1.50)
$ (1.50)

$ 0.68
$ 0.68

$ 0.47
$ 0.47

$ — $ —
$ — $ —

$ 614
$2,291
$3,293
$4,864
$3,054
$3,147
$1,015
$1,153
$ — $1,671

$ 182
$
91
$ 0.18

$ 177
$
86
$0.385

$ 654
$3,337
$3,076
$1,103
$1,690

$ 253
$ 165
$ 1.00

$2,288
$2,019
$5,653
$5,024
$2,362
$2,353
$1,790
$2,440
$ — $ —

$ 302
$ 187
$ 1.00

$ 322
$ 165
$ 1.00

(1) Reflects the impact of the revisions to our previously issued consolidated financial statements. See Note 1 of notes to consolidated

financial statements.

(2) Reflects the sale of the Alkali business. See Note 3 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

(3) Working capital is defined as the excess (deficit) of current assets over current liabilities of continuing operations.

37

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with Tronox Limited’s consolidated financial
statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. This discussion and
other sections in this Annual Report on Form 10-K contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of
the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties, and actual results
could differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of numerous factors.
Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and
include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements
also can be identified by words such as ‘‘future,’’ ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘estimates,’’ ‘‘expects,’’ ‘‘intends,’’
‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘predicts,’’ ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘would,’’ ‘‘could,’’ ‘‘can,’’ ‘‘may,’’ and similar terms. There are important factors that
could cause our actual results, level of activity, performance or achievements to differ materially from the results,
level of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements. In
particular, you should consider the numerous risks and uncertainties outlined in Item 1A. ‘‘Risk Factors.’’

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations contains
certain financial measures, in particular the presentation of earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization (‘‘EBITDA’’) and Adjusted EBITDA, which are not presented in accordance with accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States (‘‘U.S. GAAP’’). We are presenting these non-U.S. GAAP
financial measures because we believe they provide us and readers of this Form 10-K with additional insight into
our operational performance relative to earlier periods and relative to our competitors. We do not intend for
these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures to be a substitute for any U.S. GAAP financial information. Readers of
these statements should use these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures only in conjunction with the comparable
U.S. GAAP financial measures. A reconciliation of net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is also
provided herein.

Executive Overview

We are a global leader in the production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium

dioxide (‘‘TiO2’’) pigment.

We operate three TiO2 pigment facilities at the following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the
Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia, representing an aggregate annual TiO2 production capacity of
approximately 465,000 metric tons (‘‘MT’’). TiO2 is used extensively in the manufacture of paint and other
coatings, plastics and paper, and in a wide range of other applications, including inks, fibers, rubber, food,
cosmetics, and pharmaceuticals. Moreover, it is a critical component of everyday consumer applications due to
its superior ability to cover or mask other materials effectively and efficiently relative to alternative white
pigments and extenders. TiO2 is considered a quality of life product, and some research indicates that
consumption generally increases as disposable income increases. At present, it is our belief that there is no
effective mineral substitute for TiO2 because no other white pigment has the physical properties for achieving
comparable opacity and brightness, or can be incorporated as cost effectively. We also operate three separate
mining operations: KwaZulu-Natal (‘‘KZN’’) Sands located in South Africa, Namakwa Sands located in South
Africa and Cooljarloo located in Western Australia.

Our TiO2 business includes the following:
•

Exploration, mining, and beneficiation of mineral sands deposits;

•

•

•

Production of titanium feedstock and its co-products (including chloride slag, slag fines, rutile,
synthetic rutile and leucoxene), pig iron, and zircon;

Production and marketing of TiO2; and

Electrolytic manganese dioxide manufacturing and marketing, which is primarily focused on advanced
battery materials and specialty boron products.

Recent Developments

On February 21, 2017, Tronox Limited, The National Titanium Dioxide Company Ltd., a limited company

organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (‘‘Cristal’’), and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals
Netherlands Coöperatief W.A., a cooperative organized under the laws of the Netherlands and a wholly owned

38

subsidiary of Cristal (‘‘Seller’’), entered into a Transaction Agreement (the ‘‘Transaction Agreement’’), pursuant
to which we agreed to acquire Cristal’s titanium dioxide business for $1.673 billion in cash, subject to a working
capital adjustment at closing (the ‘‘Cash Consideration’’), plus 37,580,000 Class A ordinary shares (‘‘Class A
Shares’’), par value $0.01 per share, of Tronox Limited (the ‘‘Cristal Transaction’’). Following the closing of the
Cristal Transaction, the Seller will own approximately 24% of the outstanding ordinary shares (including both
Class A and Class B) of Tronox Limited. On March 1, 2018, Tronox, Cristal and Seller entered into an
Amendment to the Transaction Agreement (the ‘‘Amendment’’) that extends the termination date under the
Transaction Agreement to June 30, 2018, with automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019, if necessary
based on the status of outstanding regulatory approvals. The Amendment also provides that Tronox has the right
to terminate the Transaction Agreement if it determines that the outstanding regulatory approvals are not
reasonably likely to be obtained. In the event that such termination by Tronox is (i) on or after January 1, 2019,
and Tronox elects to terminate the Transaction Agreement if it determines that the outstanding regulatory
approvals are not reasonably likely to be obtained; or (ii) if regulatory approval has not been obtained by March
31, 2019 and Tronox or Cristal elects to terminate the Transaction Agreement; then Tronox is required to pay
Cristal a $60 million termination fee. The Transaction Agreement also provides that we must pay to Cristal a
termination fee of $100 million if all conditions to closing, other than the financing condition, have been
satisfied and the Transaction Agreement is terminated because closing of the Cristal Transaction has not occurred
by June 30, 2018 (subject to automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019 if necessary based on the status of
outstanding regulatory approvals).

The Cristal Transaction is conditioned upon the receipt of various regulatory approvals, including antitrust

clearance in numerous jurisdictions. On April 13, 2017, the FTC issued a request for additional information
(‘‘Second Request’’) to the Company and Cristal in connection with its filing under the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and Tronox believes it has fully complied with the Second
Request. On December 5, 2017, the FTC announced that it would not approve the Cristal Transaction as
proposed and filed an administrative action to prevent the parties from consummating the transaction. On
January 23, 2018, Tronox filed suit against the FTC in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of
Mississippi seeking a declaration that the Cristal Transaction is lawful under applicable law, among other things.
On December 21, 2017, the European Commission announced that after its initial review, it would pursue Phase
II investigation of the Cristal Transaction before reaching a decision to approve it, with or without conditions.
The transaction agreement provides for customary representations, warranties and covenants that are subject, in
some cases, to specified exceptions and qualifications contained in the transaction agreement. There can be no
assurance, however, that all closing conditions for the Cristal Transaction will be satisfied and, if they are
satisfied, that they will be satisfied in time for the closing to occur by June 30, 2018 (subject to automatic
3-month extensions to March 31, 2019 if necessary based on the status of outstanding regulatory approvals), at
which time either party to the transaction agreement may mutually agree to extend the closing date or terminate
the transaction agreement if the Cristal Transaction has not closed by such time. We have received approval for
the Cristal Transaction from seven of the nine regulatory jurisdictions whose approvals are required to close
Cristal Transaction.

On October 2, 2017, at a special meeting of shareholders of the Company held pursuant to the Transaction
Agreement, the Company’s shareholders approved a resolution to issue 37,580,000 Class A Shares to the Seller
in connection with the acquisition of Cristal’s TiO2 business, and the resulting acquisition of interests in such
Class A Shares by the Seller and certain other persons and entities, at the closing of such acquisition.

On September 1, 2017, we completed the Alkali Sale and in connection therewith, we recognized a loss of

$233 million, net of tax, during the year ended December 31, 2017. See Note 3 of notes to consolidated financial
statements for additional information. As a result of the Alkali Sale, Alkali’s results of operations have been
reported as discontinued operations (see Note 3). Both Tronox Holdings and Genesis Energy, L.P. have agreed,
following the closing, to indemnify the other party for losses arising from certain breaches of the Purchase
Agreement and for certain other liabilities, subject to certain limitations. As a result of the Alkali Sale, we now
operate under one operating and reportable segment, TiO2.

On March 8, 2017, Exxaro announced its intention to begin pursuing a path to monetize its ownership stake
in Tronox over time. On October 10, 2017, Exxaro sold 22,425,000 Class A Shares in an underwritten registered
offering (the ‘‘Exxaro Share Transaction’’). At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Exxaro held
approximately 24% and 44%, respectively, of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. See Notes 1 and 21 of

39

notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding Exxaro transactions. Presently,
Exxaro intends to sell the remainder of its Tronox shares in a staged process over time pursuant to the existing
registration statement, subject to market conditions. Exxaro’s sale of Class A Shares does not impact its 26%
ownership interest in each of our Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd. and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd subsidiaries.

Beginning in the fourth quarter of 2016, we implemented various steps of an internal corporate

reorganization plan to simplify our corporate structure and thereby improve operational, administrative, and
commercial synergies within each of our operating segments (the ‘‘Corporate Reorganization’’). As a result of the
Corporate Reorganization, we reduced our cross-jurisdictional financing arrangements, eliminated administrative
activities and reversed the deferred tax assets related to intercompany interest deductions. The related
withholding tax accrual amounts were also reversed as a result of the Corporate Reorganization. Additionally, we
reduced our deferred tax assets related to loss carryforwards, which will no longer be available to utilize. In
connection with the Corporate Reorganization during the first quarter of 2017, Tronox Limited became managed
and controlled in the U.K., with no additional impacts to the consolidated provision for income taxes due to the
valuation allowances in various jurisdictions. See Note 6 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for
additional information.

Business Environment

The following discussion includes trends and factors that may affect future operating results:

Our pigment business benefited from a global industry recovery that began in the first quarter of 2016. To

meet healthy demand, we operated our pigment plants at high utilization rates while matching pigment
production volumes to sales volumes and keeping inventory at or below normal levels. Global pigment pricing
has rebounded with successive gains in each quarter since the first quarter of 2016. We believe pigment
inventories, in the aggregate, are at or below normal levels at both customer and producer locations globally
resulting in a continued tight supply-demand balance. We continue to use a significant majority of our high-grade
titanium feedstock for our pigment production. We expect moderate cost increases related to other raw material
inputs such as electrodes, coke, and electricity as commodity markets strengthen. The zircon market has
stabilized but remains in a tight supply-demand balance and we expect modest price gains to continue in 2018.

We continue to be uniquely tax-advantaged by favorable tax loss carry forwards and other favorable tax
positions. While we believe these tax-advantaged factors will continue to offer benefits for years to come, if
Exxaro sells their remaining shareholdings in 2018, these favorable tax positions may no longer be available. See
Note 6 of notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information.

Consolidated Results of Operations from Continuing Operations

Year Ended December 31, 2017 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2016

2017

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Variance

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,698
1,310

$1,309
1,175

$ 389
135

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring income (expense). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and debt expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes . . . . . . . . .
Income tax (provision) benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

388
(251)
1

138
(188)
(28)
(9)

(87)
(6)

134
(189)
(1)

(56)
(185)
4
(27)

(264)
125

254
(62)
2

194
(3)
(32)
18

177
(131)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (93)

$ (139)

$ 46

40

Net sales in 2017 increased by 30% compared to 2016 primarily due to the impact of higher selling prices

for Pigment of $200 million, Zircon of $28 million, Pig iron of $16 million, Slag Fines of $5 million and Natural
Rutile of $2 million. Higher volume and product mix for Pigment of $38 million, CP Slag of $35 million, Zircon
of $18 million, Pig Iron of $13 million, Ilmenite of $13 million, Synthetic Rutile of $8 million, Slag Fines of
$3 million and Natural Rutile of $2 million also contributed to the increase in net sales for the year ended 2017.
The impact from foreign currency translation versus 2016 was $7 million favorable.

Our gross profit margin in 2017 was 23% of net sales compared to 10% in the prior year. The increase of

$254 million in our gross margin was primarily due to higher selling prices of $254 million, higher volumes and
product mix of $28 million, the impact of lower production costs of $16 million due primarily to a higher facility
utilization, partially offset by unfavorable changes in foreign currency translation of $44 million primarily from
the South African Rand and Australian dollar.

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased by 33% in 2017 compared to 2016. Included in
SG&A are $124 million and $63 million of corporate expenses for 2017 and 2016, respectively. The $61 million
increase in corporate expenses was due to higher professional fees of $46 million related to the Cristal
Transaction, higher employee share-based and other compensation costs of $11 million and higher other general
and administrative costs of $4 million. SG&A costs associated with our TiO2 activities increased $1 million from
the prior year period primarily due to higher employee stock-based and other compensation costs and
unfavorable changes in foreign currency translation.

Restructuring costs were $2 million lower than 2016. TiO2 and corporate restructuring costs were each

$1 million lower in 2017 compared to 2016. See Note 4 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Income from operations for 2017 was $138 million, $261 million from our TiO2 activities offset by
$123 million of corporate expenses, which includes $124 million of SG&A and a $1 million reversal of
restructuring expense. Loss from operations for 2016 was $56 million, $6 million income from operations from
our TiO2 activities and $62 million of corporate expenses. Income from operations for our TiO2 activities
increased by $255 million compared to 2016 primarily due to an increase in gross profit of $254 million,
$2 million decrease in restructuring costs, offset by a $1 million increase in selling, general and administrative
expenses. Corporate general and administrative expenses for 2017 increased for the reasons noted above in the
discussion of the SG&A expenses.

Interest and debt expense, net - See Note 15 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment in 2017 was a loss of $28 million compared to a gain $4 million in
2016 due to the refinancing of our term loan and notes in the third quarter of 2017. See Note 15 of notes to
consolidated financial statements.

Other expense, net in 2017 primarily consisted of a net realized and unrealized foreign currency loss of
$20 million, offset by interest income of $10 million. Other expense, net in 2016 primarily consisted of a net
realized and unrealized foreign currency loss of $31 million, offset by interest income of $3 million. The change
in the net realized and unrealized foreign currency is primarily driven by the strengthening of the South African
Rand as of December 31, 2017 used in the remeasurement of our U.S. dollar denominated open trade and notes
receivable positions.

The effective tax rates in 2017 and 2016 differ from the United Kingdom statutory rate of 19% and the
Australian statutory rate of 30% primarily due to valuation allowances and income in foreign jurisdictions taxed
at rates different than the statutory rates. Additionally, the net income impact of the Corporate Reorganization
was a benefit of $137 million in the fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding
tax accruals, offset by a foreign currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net
income impact was $107 million, reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by
a foreign currency loss of $3 million.

41

Year Ended December 31, 2016 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2015

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and debt expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain on extinguishment of debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes . . . .
Income tax (provision) benefit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,
2015
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Variance

$1,510
1,491

$(201)
(316)

2016

$1,309
1,175

134
(189)
(1)

(56)
(185)
4
(27)

(264)
125

19
(199)
(21)

(201)
(176)
—
28

(349)
(23)

115
10
20

145
(9)
4
(55)

85
148

Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (139)

$ (372)

$ 233

Net sales in 2016 decreased by 13% compared to 2015 primarily due to the impact of lower selling prices
and product mix of $117 million, lower volumes of $83 million and unfavorable foreign currency translation of
$1 million. The lower selling prices and selling mix impacted both feedstock and pigment products to a relatively
equal extent. The impact of lower volumes primarily reflects $52 million related to the closure of our sodium
chlorate plant in Hamilton, Mississippi in 2015, $83 million lower demand during 2016 for feedstock, partially
offset by $52 million higher demand for pigment products.

Gross profit margin in 2016 was 10% of net sales compared to 1% in the prior year. The gross profit
improvement highlights the cost reduction benefits from our operational excellence program and our operating
strategy that focuses on matching TiO2 pigment production to market demand while keeping finished pigment
inventories at or below normal levels. For the majority of 2016, our average pigment capacity utilization rate was
in excess of 90% with all lines at all pigment plants in operations.

Selling, general and administrative expenses in 2016 decreased by 5% compared to 2015. Included in
SG&A are $63 million and $73 million of corporate expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015,
respectively. The decrease in corporate expenses compared to 2015 is primarily due to $29 million of additional
professional fees related to the 2015 Alkali Transaction, partially offset by an $11 million transfer tax benefit
from 2015 that did not recur, higher bad debt expense and employee related costs in 2016.

Restructuring income (expense) - See Note 4 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Loss from continuing operations for the year ended December 31, 2016 was $56 million, $62 million of
Corporate expenses offset by income of $6 million from our TiO2 activities. Loss from continuing operations for
the year ended December 31, 2015 was $201 million, $127 million of losses from our TiO2 activities and
$74 million of Corporate expenses including $1 million in restructuring costs. The improvement in results for our
TiO2 activities was primarily due to the gross profit improvement noted above. Corporate expenses for the year
ended December 31, 2016 decreased for the reasons noted above in the discussion of the SG&A expenses.

Interest and debt expense, net - See Note 15 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment - See Note 15 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

Other expense, net in 2016 primarily consisted of a net realized and unrealized foreign currency loss of
$31 million, offset by interest income of $3 million. Other income, net during 2015, primarily consisted of a net
realized and unrealized foreign currency gain of $21 million and interest income of $7 million. The change in the
net realized and unrealized foreign currency is primarily driven by the strengthening of the South African Rand
as of December 31, 2016 used in the remeasurement of our U.S. dollar denominated open trade and notes
receivable positions.

The effective tax rate in 2016 and 2015 differs from the Australian statutory rate of 30% primarily due to
valuation allowances, income in foreign jurisdictions taxed at rates lower than 30%, and withholding tax accruals

42

on interest income. The net income impact of the Corporate Reorganization was a benefit of $137 million in the
fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding tax accruals, offset by a foreign
currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net income impact was $107 million,
reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by a foreign currency loss of
$3 million.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

During 2017, our liquidity improved by $876 million to $1.4 billion.

The table below presents our liquidity as of the following dates:

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

Cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available under the Wells Fargo Revolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available under the UBS Revolver. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available under the ABSA Revolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Available under the New ABSA Revolver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,116
232
—
—
61

$1,409

$248
—
190
95
—

$533

Our New Term Loan Facility, defined below, consists of (i) a U.S. dollar term facility in an aggregate

principal amount of $1.5 billion (the ‘‘New Term Loans’’) and (ii) a U.S. dollar term facility in an aggregate
principal amount of $650 million (the ‘‘Blocked Term Loan’’) which was included in restricted cash as of
December 31, 2017. In connection with the Cristal Transaction, we refinanced and increased our credit facilities
lowering our cost of debt and extended the portfolio’s weighted average years to maturity. Additionally, we
improved our mix of secured and unsecured debt and achieved more favorable covenants. See Note 15 of notes
to consolidated financial statements. Historically, we have funded our operations and met our commitments
through cash generated by operations. During 2012, 2015 and 2017, we issued a $900 million aggregate
principal, 6.375% senior notes due 2020 at par value (the ‘‘Senior Notes due 2020’’) which were redeemed
during the third quarter of 2017, a $600 million aggregate principal, 7.50% senior notes due 2022 (the ‘‘Senior
Notes due 2022’’) and a $450 million aggregate principal, 5.75% senior notes due 2025 (the ‘‘Senior Notes due
2025’’), respectively. Also, during 2013 and 2017 we obtained a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the ‘‘
Prior Term Loan’’) which was repaid during the third quarter of 2017 and a $2.15 billion new senior secured first
lien term loan facility (the ‘‘New Term Loan Facility’’), respectively.

As of and for the year ended December 31, 2017, the non-guarantor subsidiaries of our Senior Notes due

2025 represented approximately 24% of our total consolidated liabilities, approximately 40% of our total
consolidated assets, approximately 21% of our total consolidated net sales and approximately 36% of our
Consolidated EBITDA (as such term is defined in the 2025 Indenture). In addition, as of December 31, 2017, our
non-guarantor subsidiaries had $935 million of total consolidated liabilities (including trade payables but
excluding intercompany liabilities), all of which would have been structurally senior to the 2025 Notes. See Note
15 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information.

At December 31, 2017, we had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees, and performance bonds, see

Note 15 of notes to consolidated financial statements.

In the next twelve months, we expect that our operations and available borrowings under our debt
refinancing and revolving credit agreements (see Note 15 of notes to consolidated financial statements) will
provide sufficient cash to fund the Cristal Transaction, our operating expenses, capital expenditures, interest
payments, debt repayments, and dividends. Working capital (calculated as current assets from continuing
operations less current liabilities from continuing operations) was $2.3 billion at December 31, 2017, compared
to $614 million at December 31, 2016, an increase of $1.7 billion, which is primarily due to proceeds from the
sale of the Alkali business, debt refinancing and cash provided by continuing operations of $166 million,
partially offset by dividends paid of $23 million and capital expenditures of $91 million.

Principal factors that could affect our ability to obtain cash from external sources include (i) debt covenants

that limit our total borrowing capacity; (ii) increasing interest rates applicable to our floating rate debt;

43

(iii) increasing demands from third parties for financial assurance or credit enhancement; (iv) credit rating
downgrades, which could limit our access to additional debt; (v) a decrease in the market price of our common
stock and debt obligations; or (vi) volatility in public debt and equity markets.

As of December 31, 2017, our credit rating with Moody’s and Standard & Poor’s was B1 stable outlook and
B stable outlook, respectively. On August 24, 2017, Standard & Poor’s upgraded our outlook to B stable outlook
from B negative outlook. On September 7, 2017, Moody’s upgraded our corporate credit rating to B1 stable
outlook from B2 negative outlook. At December 31, 2017, we have sufficient borrowings available and have no
significant principal payments on debt due until 2022.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. As of
December 31, 2017, our cash and cash equivalents were primarily invested in money market funds. We maintain
cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit and money market accounts that may exceed federally insured limits.
The financial institutions where our cash and cash equivalents are held are generally highly rated and
geographically dispersed, and we have a policy to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one institution.
We have not experienced any losses in such accounts and believe we are not exposed to significant credit risk.

The use of our cash includes servicing our interest and debt repayment obligations, making pension

contributions and making quarterly dividend payments.

Repatriation of Cash

At December 31, 2017, we held $1.8 billion in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash in these

respective jurisdictions: $42 million in Europe, $117 million in Australia, $110 million in South Africa, and
$1.5 billion in the United States. Our credit facilities contain restrictions that limit our ability to move assets
between guarantors and non-guarantors.

Tronox Limited has foreign subsidiaries with positive undistributed earnings at December 31, 2017. We have

made no provision for deferred taxes related to these undistributed earnings because they are considered to be
indefinitely reinvested in the foreign jurisdictions.

Cash Dividends on Class A and Class B Shares

During 2017, we declared and paid quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A ordinary shares (‘‘Class A

Shares’’) and Class B ordinary shares (‘‘Class B Shares’’) as follows:

Dividend per share. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record date (close of business). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Q1 2017

$0.045
$
6
March 6

Q2 2017

$0.045
$
6
May 15

Q3 2017

$0.045
5
$

Q4 2017

$0.045
6
$

August 21

November 20

On February 20, 2018, the Board of Directors declared a quarterly dividend of $0.045 per share to holders

of our Class A Shares and Class B Shares at the close of business on March 12, 2018, totaling $5 million, which
will be paid on or before March 26, 2018.

Debt Obligations

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, our net debt (the excess of our debt over cash and cash equivalents) was
$2.0 billion and $2.8 billion, respectively, excluding the $650 million of cash related to the Blocked Term Loan
at December 31, 2017.

Our short-term debt at December 31, 2016 consisted of the UBS Revolver with an outstanding balance of
$150 million. We repaid the $150 million outstanding balance of the UBS Revolver during the third quarter of
2017 (See Note 15 of notes to consolidated financial statements for additional information). The average
effective interest rate of our UBS Revolver was 4.7% and 4.2% during 2017 and 2016, respectively. Our
short-term debt at December 31, 2017 consisted of the Wells Fargo Revolver and the New ABSA Revolver with
no outstanding balance.

44

Long-term debt, net of an unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, consisted of the following:

Prior Term Loan, net of unamortized

discount(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,500

Variable

—

$ —

$1,441

Original
Principal

Annual
Interest
Rate

Maturity
Date

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

New Term Loan Facility, net of unamortized

discount(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Notes due 2020. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Notes due 2022. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Notes due 2025. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lease financing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Long-term debt due within one year . . . .
Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Long-term debt, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,150
$ 900
$ 600
$ 450

Variable

6.375%

9/22/2024
—
7.50% 3/15/2022
5.75% 9/22/2025

2,138
—
584
450
19

3,191
(17)
(44)

—
896
584
—
19

2,940
(16)
(36)

$3,130

$2,888

(1) Average effective interest rate of 5.1% and 4.9% during 2017 and 2016, respectively.

(2) Average effective interest rate of 4.9% during 2017 which includes the impact of the Blocked Term Loan.

At December 31, 2017, we had no financial covenants in the Wells Fargo Revolver, the New ABSA
Revolver and the New Term Loan Facility, however, only the New ABSA Revolver had a financial maintenance
covenant that applies to local operations and only when the New ABSA Revolver is drawn upon. We were in
compliance with all of our reporting covenants as of and for the year ended December 31, 2017. See Note 15 of
notes to financial statements.

Cash Flows

Years Ended December 31, 2017 and 2016

The following table presents cash flow from continuing operations for the periods indicated:

Year Ended December 31,
2017
2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Net cash provided by operating activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash and cash equivalents — end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 166
583
24
82
13

$ 868

$1,116

$ 86
(84)
(78)
93
2

$ 19

$248

Cash Flows provided by Operating Activities - Net cash provided by operating activities during 2017 of

$166 million increased by $80 million compared to 2016. This increase was primarily due to higher cash
earnings in 2017, partially offset by higher working capital reductions in 2016.

Cash Flows provided by (used in) Investing Activities - Net cash flows provided by investing activities in
2017 was $583 million compared to cash used in investing activities of $84 million in 2016. The increase was
primarily due to proceeds of $1.325 billion from the Alkali Sale, offset by the $650 million proceeds from the
Blocked Term Loan, and related interest of $1 million, under the New Term Loan Facility, which is included in
‘‘Restricted cash’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017. Capital expenditures were
$5 million higher in 2017 compared to 2016.

Cash Flows provided by (used in) Financing Activities - Net cash provided by financing activities during
2017 was primarily attributable to proceeds from long-term debt of $2.6 billion, partially offset by repayments of

45

short-term and long-term debt of $2.5 billion, debt issuance costs of $37 million and call premium of
$14 million. In addition, in 2017, dividends paid were $23 million, restricted stock and performance-based shares
settled in cash for taxes were $12 million and proceeds received from the exercise of warrants and options were
$13 million. These compare to net cash used in financing activities during 2016 of $78 million, which was
primarily attributable to dividends paid of $46 million and principal repayments on long-term debt of
$31 million.

Years Ended December 31, 2016 and 2015

The following table presents cash flow from continuing operations for the periods indicated:

Net cash provided by operating activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash used in investing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash provided by discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents — end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2015

Year Ended December 31,
2016
(Millions of U.S. dollars)
$
$ 86
67
(1,814)
(84)
602
(78)
124
93
2
(26)
$(1,047)
$ 19
229
$
$248

Cash Flows provided by Operating Activities - Net cash provided by operating activities during 2016 of
$86 million increased by $19 million compared to 2015. The increase was primarily due to higher cash earnings
in 2016, partially offset by higher working capital reductions in 2015.

Cash Flows used in Investing Activities - Net cash used in investing activities in 2016 was $84 million
compared to $1.814 billion in 2015. The decrease was primarily due to the acquisition of Alkali for $1.65 billion
in 2015. Capital expenditures were $86 million and $165 million in 2016 and 2015, respectively. The reduction
in capital spending was due to the completion of the new Fairbreeze mine in South Africa.

Cash Flows provided by (used in) Financing Activities - Net cash used in financing activities during 2016

was primarily attributable to dividends paid of $46 million and principal repayments on long-term debt of
$31 million. This compares to net cash provided by financing activities during 2015 which was primarily
attributable to cash received from the issuance of the Senior Notes due 2022 of $600 million and cash received
on the drawdown of the UBS Revolver of $150 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $117 million, debt
issuance costs paid of $15 million and principal repayments on long-term debt of $18 million.

Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth information relating to our contractual obligations as of December 31, 2017:

Contractual Obligation Payments Due by Period(3)(4)
1-3
years
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Less than
1 year

3-5
years

More than
5 years

Total

Long-term debt and lease financing (including

interest)(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase obligations(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset retirement obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$4,277
408
44
82
$4,811

$191
149
19
3
$362

$390
98
12
6
$506

$ 936
58
7
5
$1,006

$2,760
103
6
68
$2,937

(1) We calculated the Term Loan interest at a base rate of 1.7% plus a margin of 3.0%. See Note 15 of notes to our consolidated financial

statements.

(2)

Includes obligations to purchase requirements of process chemicals, supplies, utilities and services. We have various purchase
commitments for materials, supplies, and services entered into in the ordinary course of business. Included in the purchase
commitments table above are contracts, which require minimum volume purchases that extend beyond one year or are renewable
annually and have been renewed for 2018. Certain contracts allow for changes in minimum required purchase volumes in the event of a
temporary or permanent shutdown of a facility. We believe that all of our purchase obligations will be utilized in our normal
operations.

46

(3)

(4)

The table excludes contingent obligations, as well as any possible payments for uncertain tax positions given the inability to estimate
the possible amounts and timing of any such payments.
The table excludes commitments pertaining to our pension and other postretirement obligations.

Non-U.S. GAAP Financial Measures

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, which are used by management to measure performance, are not presented

in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Management believes that EBITDA is useful to investors, as it is commonly
used in the industry as a means of evaluating operating performance. We do not intend for these non-U.S GAAP
financial measures to be a substitute for any U.S. GAAP financial information. Readers of these statements
should use these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures only in conjunction with the comparable U.S. GAAP
financial measures. Since other companies may calculate EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA differently than we do,
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, as presented herein, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures
reported by other companies.

Management believes these non-U.S. GAAP financial measures:

•

•

•

•

Reflect our ongoing business in a manner that allows for meaningful period-to-period comparison and
analysis of trends in our business, as they exclude income and expense that are not reflective of
ongoing operating results;

Provide useful information in understanding and evaluating our operating results and comparing
financial results across periods;

Provide a normalized view of our operating performance by excluding items that are either noncash or
infrequently occurring in nature; and

Assist investors in assessing our compliance with financial covenants under our debt instruments.

Adjusted EBITDA is one of the primary measures management uses for planning and budgeting processes,

and to monitor and evaluate financial and operating results. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA is a factor in
evaluating management’s performance when determining incentive compensation.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the periods

presented:

Net income (loss), (U.S. GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax (see Note 3), (U.S.

$(272)

$ (60)

$(317)

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(179)

Net income (loss) from continuing operations, (U.S. GAAP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and debt expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax provision (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

EBITDA (non-U.S. GAAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Transaction costs(a). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based compensation(b) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring (income) expense(c). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt(d) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency remeasurement (gain) loss(e). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other items(f) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjusted EBITDA (non-U.S. GAAP)(g) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

79

(139)
185
(3)
(125)
177

95
—
24
1
(4)
32
18

55

(372)
176
(7)
23
253

73
29
22
21
—
(20)
14

(93)
188
(10)
6
182

273
48
31
(1)
28
25
16

$ 420

$ 166

$ 139

(a)

Represents transaction costs associated with the Cristal Transaction which were recorded in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative
expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During 2015, the $29 million of transaction costs were associated with the
one-time non-operating items and the effect of the Alkali acquisition which is included in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative
expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

47

(b) Represents non-cash share-based compensation. See Note 19 of notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

(c)

Represents severance and other costs associated with the shutdown of our sodium chlorate plant, and other global restructuring efforts,
which was recorded in ‘‘Restructuring income (expense)’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 4 of notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements.

(d) Represents $28 million of loss, which includes a $22 million loss associated with the redemption of the outstanding balance of the
Senior Notes due 2020, $1 million of unamortized original debt issuance costs from the repayment of the UBS Revolver, and
$5 million of debt issuance costs from the refinancing activities associated with the term loans. During 2016, the $4 million gain was
associated with the repurchase of $20 million face value of our Senior Notes due 2020 and Senior Notes 2022, which was recorded in
‘‘Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 15 of notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.

(e)

(f)

Represents foreign currency remeasurement, which is included in ‘‘Other income (expense), net’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.
Includes noncash pension and postretirement costs, severance expense, adjustment of transfer tax related to the Exxaro Transaction,
insurance settlement gain and other items included in ‘‘Selling general and administrative expenses’’ and ‘‘Cost of goods sold’’ in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

(g) No income tax impact given full valuation allowance except for South Africa related restructuring costs. See Note 6 of notes to

Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

The following table reconciles net income (loss) from continuing operations, our comparable measure for

segment reporting under U.S. GAAP, to Adjusted EBITDA by segment for the periods presented:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 261
(123)

$ 6
(62)

Income (loss) from operations (U.S. GAAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138
177
5

182
62
38

100
500
(80)

(56)
171
6

177
59
(14)

45
236
(70)

$(127)
(74)

(201)
247
6

253
92
(5)

87
212
(73)

Adjusted EBITDA (non-U.S. GAAP). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 420

$166

$ 139

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain

estimates and assumptions regarding matters that are inherently uncertain and that ultimately affect the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The
estimates and assumptions are based on management’s experience and understanding of current facts and
circumstances. These estimates may differ from actual results. Certain of our accounting policies are considered
critical, as they are both important to reflect our financial position and results of operations and require
significant or complex judgment on the part of management. The following is a summary of certain accounting
policies considered critical by management.

Inventories, net

Pigment inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost or net realizable value, net of allowances for

obsolete and slow-moving inventory. The cost of finished goods pigment inventories is determined using the
first-in, first-out method. Carrying values include material costs, labor, and associated indirect manufacturing
expenses. Costs for materials and supplies, excluding ore, are determined by average cost to acquire. Raw
materials are carried at actual cost. Mineral Sands inventories are stated at the lower of the weighted-average
cost of production or market. We periodically review the cost of our inventory in comparison to its net realizable
value. We also periodically review our inventory for obsolescence (inventory that is no longer marketable for its
intended use). In either case, we record any write-down equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and
its estimated net realizable value based on assumptions about alternative uses, market conditions and other

48

factors. Inventories expected to be sold or consumed within twelve months after the balance sheet date are
classified as current assets and all other inventories are classified as non-current assets.

Business Combinations

Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method under Accounting Standards
Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 805, Business Combinations, which requires recording assets acquired and liabilities
assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Under the acquisition method of accounting, each tangible and
separately identifiable intangible asset acquired and liability assumed is recorded based on their estimated fair
values on the acquisition date. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and are included in ‘‘Selling,
general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Long-Lived Assets

Key estimates related to long-lived assets (property, plant and equipment, mineral leaseholds, and intangible
assets) include useful lives, recoverability of carrying values, and the existence of any retirement obligations. As
a result of future decisions, such estimates could be significantly modified. The estimated useful lives of
property, plant and equipment range from three to forty years, and depreciation is recognized on a straight-line
basis. Useful lives are estimated based upon our historical experience, engineering estimates, and industry
information. These estimates include an assumption regarding periodic maintenance and an appropriate level of
annual capital expenditures to maintain the assets. Mineral leaseholds are depreciated over their useful lives as
determined under the units of production method. Intangible assets with finite useful lives are amortized on the
straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. The amortization methods and remaining useful lives are
reviewed quarterly.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such
circumstances, we assess whether the projected undiscounted cash flows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to
recover the carrying amount of the asset group being assessed. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not
sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our
weighted-average cost of capital. For assets that satisfy the criteria to be classified as held for sale, an
impairment loss, if any, is recognized to the extent the carrying amount exceeds fair value, less cost to sell. The
amount of the impairment of long-lived assets is written off against earnings in the period in which the
impairment is determined.

Asset Retirement Obligations

To the extent a legal obligation exists, an asset retirement obligation (‘‘ARO’’) is recorded at its estimated

fair value and accretion expense is recognized over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected
settlement value. Fair value is measured using expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted
risk-free interest rate. No market-risk premium has been included in our calculation of ARO balances since we
can make no reliable estimate. Our consolidated financial statements classify accretion expense related to asset
retirement obligations as a production cost, which is included in ‘‘Cost of goods sold’’ in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2017:
inflation rates between 2.5% - 4.2% per year; credit adjusted risk-free interest rates between 7.0% - 17.1%; the
life of mines between 12 - 27 years and the useful life of assets of between 5 - 33 years.

Income Taxes

We have operations in several countries around the world and are subject to income and similar taxes in
these countries. The estimation of the amounts of income tax involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and
regulations and how foreign taxes affect domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax
assets, tax audit findings and uncertain tax positions. Although we believe our tax accruals are adequate,
differences may occur in the future, depending on the resolution of pending and new tax matters.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the

49

years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is
provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax
asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax
assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to
earnings or other comprehensive income (loss) as appropriate. ASC 740, Income Taxes, requires that all available
positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay are subject to ongoing audits by federal, state and foreign tax

authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain
tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions, and record tax benefits for all years subject
to examination based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances and information available at the reporting
date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record
the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that
has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where
applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit
is recognized.

Pension and Postretirement Benefits

We provide pension and postretirement healthcare benefits for qualifying employees worldwide. These plans

are accounted for and disclosed in accordance with ASC 715, Compensation — Retirement Benefits.

Expected Return on Plan Assets - In forming the assumption of the U.S. long-term rate of return on plan
assets, we took into account the expected earnings on funds already invested, earnings on contributions expected
to be received in the current year, and earnings on reinvested returns. The long-term rate of return estimation
methodology for U.S. plans is based on a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a forecasted
earnings model. An expected return on plan assets analysis is performed which incorporates the current portfolio
allocation, historical asset-class returns, and an assessment of expected future performance using asset-class risk
factors. Our assumption of the long-term rate of return for the Netherlands Plan was developed considering the
portfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the rates of return on local government and
corporate bonds.

Discount Rate - The discount rates selected for estimation of the actuarial present value of the benefit
obligations of the U.S. Qualified Plan were 3.71% and 4.25% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The
2017 and 2016 rates were selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the
expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S.
currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features
that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of
the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups
yields are ranked into percentiles.

The discount rates selected for estimating the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations of the

Netherlands Plan was 1.50% as of November 1, 2016. This rate was based on the long-term Euro corporate bond
index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 2 of notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for recently issued accounting pronouncements.

Environmental Matters

We are subject to a broad array of international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to

safety, pollution, protection of the environment, and the generation, storage, handling, transportation, treatment,
disposal, and remediation of hazardous substances and waste materials. In the ordinary course of business, we are
subject to frequent environmental inspections and monitoring, and occasional investigations by governmental
enforcement authorities. Under these laws, we are or may be required to obtain or maintain permits or licenses in
connection with our operations. In addition, under these laws, we are or may be required to remove or mitigate
the effects on the environment of the disposal or release of chemical, petroleum, low-level radioactive and other
substances at our facilities. We may incur future costs for capital improvements and general compliance under

50

environmental, health, and safety laws, including costs to acquire, maintain, and repair pollution control
equipment. Environmental laws and regulations are becoming increasingly stringent, and compliance costs are
significant and will continue to be significant in the foreseeable future. There can be no assurance that such laws
and regulations or any environmental law or regulation enacted in the future is not likely to have a material
effect on our business. We believe we are in compliance with applicable environmental rules and regulations in
all material respects.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to various market, credit, operational, and liquidity risks in the normal course of business,
which are discussed below. We manage these risks through normal operating and financing activities and, when
appropriate, with derivative instruments. We do not invest in derivative instruments for speculative purposes, but
historically have entered into, and may enter into, derivative instruments for hedging purposes in order to reduce
the exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, natural gas prices and exchange rates.

Market Risk

A substantial portion of our products and raw materials are commodities that reprice as market supply and
demand fundamentals change. Accordingly, product margins and the level of our profitability tend to vary with
changes in the business cycle. Our TiO2 prices may do so in the near term as ore prices and pigment prices are
expected to fluctuate over the next few years. We try to protect against such instability through various business
strategies. These include provisions in sales contracts allowing us to pass on higher raw material costs through
timely price increases and formula price contracts to transfer or share commodity price risk, as well as using
varying contract term lengths and selling to a diverse mix of customers by geography and industry to reap the
benefits of a diverse portfolio.

Credit Risk

Credit risk is the risk that a borrower or a counterparty will fail to meet their obligations. A significant
portion of our liquidity is concentrated in trade accounts receivable that arise from sales of our products to
customers. In the case of TiO2, the high level of industry concentration has the potential to impact our overall
exposure to credit risk, either positively or negatively, in that our customers may be similarly affected by changes
in economic, industry or other conditions. We have significant exposure to credit risk in industries that are
affected by cyclical economic fluctuations such as mining. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our
customers and use credit risk insurance policies from time to time, as deemed appropriate, to mitigate credit risk
but generally do not require collateral. Our contracts typically enable us to tighten credit terms if we perceive
additional credit risk and historic losses due to write offs of bad debt have been relatively low. In addition, due
to our international operations in our TiO2 segment, we are subject to potential trade restrictions and sovereign
risk in certain countries in which we operate. We maintain allowances for potential credit losses based on
specific customer review and current financial conditions. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, our ten largest
third-party TiO2 customers represented 35%, 36% and 40%, respectively, of our consolidated net sales. During
2017, no single customer accounted for 10% of our consolidated net sales. During both 2016 and 2015, one
pigment customer accounted for 10% of our consolidated net sales.

Interest Rate Risk

Interest rate risk arises from the probability that changes in interest rates will impact our financial results.
Our exposure to interest rate risk is associated with our $2.15 billion of floating rate New Term Loan Facility.
Using a sensitivity analysis as of December 31, 2017, a hypothetical 1% increase in interest rates would result in
an increase to pre-tax loss of approximately $4 million on an annualized basis. This is due to the fact that
earnings on our floating rate financial assets of $1.8 billion at December 31, 2017 would increase by the full 1%,
offsetting the impact of a 1% increase in interest expense on our $2.15 billion New Term Loan Facility balance.

Currency Risk

Currency risk arises from the possibility that fluctuations in foreign exchange rates will impact the value of
our assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies, as well as our earnings due to the translation of our
balance sheets and remeasurement of our statements of operations from local currencies to U.S. dollars. We

51

manufacture and market our products in a number of countries throughout the world and, as a result, are exposed
to changes in foreign currency exchange rates, particularly in Australia, South Africa, and the Netherlands. The
exposure is more prevalent in South Africa and Australia as the majority of revenues are earned in U.S. dollars
while expenses are primarily incurred in local currencies. Since we are exposed to movements in the South
African Rand and the Australian Dollar versus the U.S. dollar, we may enter into forward contracts to buy and
sell foreign currencies as ‘‘economic hedges’’ for these foreign currency transactions.

52

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Tronox Limited Audited Annual Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years Ended December 31, 2017,

2016, and 2015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2017, 2016, and 2015 . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Shareholders’ Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2017,

2016, and 2015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

54
56

57
58
59

60
61

Page No.

53

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Tronox Limited

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries as of
December 31, 2017 and 2016 and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income
(loss), changes in shareholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2017, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the ‘‘consolidated financial
statements’’). We also have audited the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the
financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2017 in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company
maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017,
based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the COSO.

Basis for Opinions

The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective
internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting, included in Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting appearing
under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and
on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm
registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (‘‘PCAOB’’) and are required to
be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan
and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial
reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material
misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts
and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting
principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of
the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and
testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our
audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

54

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in
accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting
includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable
assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made
only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the
company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that
controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Stamford, Connecticut
March 1, 2018

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

55

TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,698
1,310

$ 1,309
1,175

$ 1,510
1,491

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring income (expense). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and debt expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes . . . . . . . . .
Income tax (provision) benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

388
(251)
1

138
(188)
(28)
(9)

(87)
(6)

(93)
(179)

(272)
13

134
(189)
(1)

(56)
(185)
4
(27)

(264)
125

(139)
79

(60)
1

19
(199)
(21)

(201)
(176)
—
28

(349)
(23)

(372)
55

(317)
12

Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(285)

$

(61)

$

(329)

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted:
Continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Discontinued operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(0.89)
(1.50)

(1.20)
0.68

(3.31)
0.47

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(2.39)

$

(0.52)

$

(2.84)

Weighted average shares outstanding, basic and diluted (in thousands) .

119,502

116,161

115,566

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

56

TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Net income (loss). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss):

Foreign currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension and postretirement plans:

$(272)

$ (60)

$(317)

125

119

(292)

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Actuarial gains (losses), net of taxes of less than $1 million in 2017,

2016, and 2015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of unrecognized actuarial losses, net of taxes of less than
$1 million in 2017, 2016 and 2015. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Removal of Alkali qualified plan actuarial losses due to Sale. . . . . . . . .
Prior service credit (no tax impact, see Note 6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension and postretirement benefit curtailments gain (loss) (no tax

impact, see Note 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Settlement gain on the Netherlands Pension Plan, (no tax impact; See

Note 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Unrealized gains (losses) on derivative financial instruments, (no tax

impact; See Note 6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(4)

(6)

(18)

3
5
—

—

—

2
—
(4)

(1)

31

3

12

3
—
—

—

—

—

Other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

123

132

(277)

Total comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(149)

$ 72

$(594)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . .

13
29

42

1
31

32

12
(77)

(65)

Comprehensive income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited . . . . . . . . . .

$(191)

$ 40

$(529)

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

57

TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share and per share data)

ASSETS
Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted cash. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noncurrent Assets

Property, plant and equipment, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mineral leaseholds, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current Liabilities

Accounts payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Short-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt due within one year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities of discontinued operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Noncurrent Liabilities

Long-term debt, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Asset retirement obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments and Contingencies
Shareholders’ Equity
Tronox Limited Class A ordinary shares, par value $0.01 — 92,717,935 shares issued
and 92,541,463 shares outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 65,998,306 shares
issued and 65,165,672 shares outstanding at December 31, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tronox Limited Class B ordinary shares, par value $0.01 — 28,729,280 and
51,154,280 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2017 and 2016,
respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capital in excess of par value. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated deficit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Tronox Limited shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total equity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities and equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

December 31,

2017

2016

$1,116
653
336
473
53
8
—
2,639

1,115
885
198
3
24
$4,864

$ 165
163
—
17
3
—
348

3,130
103
79
171
18
3,849

$ 248
3
278
499
28
11
1,671
2,738

1,092
877
223
14
20
$4,964

$ 136
150
150
16
1
111
564

2,888
115
73
151
20
3,811

1

1

—
1,558
(327)
(403)
829
186
1,015
$4,864

—
1,524
(19)
(497)
1,009
144
1,153
$4,964

TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile net loss from continuing operations to net cash provided

by operating activities, continuing operations:
Depreciation, depletion and amortization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Reorganization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Share-based compensation expense. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discount on debt. . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefit (income) expense . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Gain) loss on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributions to employee pension and postretirement plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in assets and liabilities:

(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Increase) decrease in inventories, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(Increase) decrease in prepaid and other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increase (decrease) in taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash provided by operating activities-continuing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:
Capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt proceeds restricted for Cristal acquisition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from the sale of business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from the sale of assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition of business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash provided by (used in) investing activities – continuing operations . . . . . . . . . .

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:
Repayments of short-term debt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayments of long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Call premium paid. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dividends paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted stock and performance-based shares settled in cash for taxes . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from the exercise of warrants and options. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities – continuing operations . . . . . . . . . .

Discontinued Operations:
Cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash used in investing activities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net cash flows provided by discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (272)
(179)
(93)

$ (60)
79
(139)

$ (317)
55
(372)

182
—
2
31
15
3
28
37
(23)

(50)
60
(28)
1
1
166

(91)
(651)
1,325
—
—
583

(150)
(2,342)
2,589
(37)
(14)
(23)
(12)
13
24

107
(25)
82

13

177
(107)
(9)
24
11
2
(4)
50
(19)

(21)
107
(5)
17
2
86

(86)
—
—
2
—
(84)

—
(31)
—
—
—
(46)
(1)
—
(78)

126
(33)
93

2

253
—
(1)
22
11
1
—
(3)
(15)

10
154
3
—
4
67

(165)
—
—
1
(1,650)
(1,814)

—
(18)
750
(15)
—
(117)
(1)
3
602

150
(26)
124

(26)

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period - continuing operations . . . . . . . . . .

868
248
$ 1,116

19
229
$ 248

(1,047)
1,276
229

$

Supplemental cash flow information - continuing operations:
Interest paid, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

186

$ 171

10

$

2

$

$

152

23

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

TRONOX LIMITED
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(Millions of U.S. dollars)

Tronox
Limited
Class A
Ordinary
Shares

Tronox
Limited
Class B
Ordinary
Shares

Capital
in
Excess
of par
Value

(Accumulated
Deficit)
Retained
Earnings

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss

Total
Tronox
Limited
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance at January 1, 2015 . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive loss. . . . . . . .
Shares-based compensation . . . . . .
Class A and Class B share

dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warrants and options exercised . . .

Balance at December 31, 2015. . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive loss. . . . . . . .
Shares-based compensation . . . . . .
Class A and Class B share

dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at December 31, 2016. . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income . . . . .
Shares-based compensation . . . . . .
Shares cancelled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Warrants and options exercised . . .
Class A and Class B share

$ 1
—
—
—

—
—

$ 1
—
—
—

—
—

$ 1
—
—
—
—
—

$— $1,476
—
—
—
—
21
—

—
—

—
3

$— $1,500
—
—
25

—
—
—

$ 536
(329)
—
—

(118)
—

$ 89
(61)
—
—

—
—

—
(1)

(47)
—

$— $1,524
—
—
33
(12)
13

—
—
—
—
—

$ (19)
(285)
—
—
—
—

$(398)
—
(200)
—

—
—

$(598)
—
101
—

—
—

$(497)
—
94
—
—
—

$1,615
(329)
(200)
21

(118)
3

$ 992
(61)
101
25

(47)
(1)

$1,009
(285)
94
33
(12)
13

Non-
controlling
Interest

$177
12
(77)
—

Total
Equity

$1,792
(317)
(277)
21

—
—

(118)
3

$112
1
31
—

—
—

$144
13
29
—
—
—

$1,104
(60)
132
25

(47)
(1)

$1,153
(272)
123
33
(12)
13

dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

(23)

—

(23)

—

(23)

Balance at December 31, 2017. . .

$ 1

$— $1,558

$(327)

$(403)

$ 829

$186

$1,015

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

60

TRONOX LIMITED
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(Millions of U.S. dollars, except share, per share and metric tons data or unless otherwise noted)

1. The Company

Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as ‘‘Tronox,’’ ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us,’’ or ‘‘our’’) is a public

limited company registered under the laws of the State of Western Australia. We are a global leader in the
production and marketing of titanium bearing mineral sands and titanium dioxide (‘‘TiO2’’) pigment. Titanium
feedstock is primarily used to manufacture TiO2. Zircon, a hard, glossy mineral, is used for the manufacture of
ceramics, refractories, TV screen glass, and a range of other industrial and chemical products. Pig iron is a metal
material used in the steel and metal casting industries to create wrought iron, cast iron, and steel. Our TiO2
products are critical components of everyday applications such as paint and other coatings, plastics, paper, and
other uses and our related mineral sands product streams include titanium feedstock, zircon, and pig iron.

We have global operations in North America, Europe, South Africa, and the Asia-Pacific region. We classify

our business into one reportable segment, TiO2, in which we operate three pigment production facilities at the
following locations: Hamilton, Mississippi; Botlek, the Netherlands; and Kwinana, Western Australia. We also
operate three separate mining operations: KwaZulu-Natal (‘‘KZN’’) Sands and Namakwa Sands both located in
South Africa and Cooljarloo located in Western Australia.

On February 21, 2017, Tronox Limited, The National Titanium Dioxide Company Ltd., a limited company

organized under the laws of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia (‘‘Cristal’’), and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals
Netherlands Coöperatief W.A., a cooperative organized under the laws of the Netherlands and a wholly owned
subsidiary of Cristal (‘‘Seller’’), entered into a Transaction Agreement (the ‘‘Transaction Agreement’’), pursuant
to which we agreed to acquire Cristal’s titanium dioxide business for $1.673 billion in cash, subject to a working
capital adjustment at closing (the ‘‘Cash Consideration’’), plus 37,580,000 Class A ordinary shares (‘‘Class A
Shares’’), par value $0.01 per share, of Tronox Limited (the ‘‘Cristal Transaction’’). Following the closing of the
Cristal Transaction, the Seller will own approximately 24% of the outstanding ordinary shares (including both
Class A and Class B) of Tronox Limited. On March 1, 2018, Tronox, Cristal and Seller entered into an
Amendment to the Transaction Agreement (the ‘‘Amendment’’) that extends the termination date under the
Transaction Agreement to June 30, 2018, with automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019, if necessary
based on the status of outstanding regulatory approvals. The Amendment also provides that Tronox has the right
to terminate the Transaction Agreement if it determines that the outstanding regulatory approvals are not
reasonably likely to be obtained. In the event that such termination by Tronox is (i) on or after January 1, 2019,
and Tronox elects to terminate the Transaction Agreement if it determines that the outstanding regulatory
approvals are not reasonably likely to be obtained; or (ii) if regulatory approval has not been obtained by
March 31, 2019 and Tronox or Cristal elects to terminate the Transaction Agreement; then Tronox is required to
pay Cristal a $60 million termination fee. The Transaction Agreement also provides that we must pay to Cristal a
termination fee of $100 million if all conditions to closing, other than the financing condition, have been
satisfied and the Transaction Agreement is terminated because closing has not occurred by June 30, 2018 (subject
to automatic 3-month extensions to March 31, 2019 if necessary based on the status of outstanding regulatory
approvals).

The Cristal Transaction is conditioned upon the receipt of various regulatory approvals, including antitrust

clearance in numerous jurisdictions. On April 13, 2017, the FTC issued a request for additional information
(‘‘Second Request’’) to the Company and Cristal in connection with its filing under the Hart-Scott-Rodino
Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and Tronox believes it has fully complied with the Second
Request. On December 5, 2017, the FTC announced that it would not approve the Cristal Transaction as
proposed and filed an administrative action to prevent the parties from consummating the transaction. On
January 23, 2018, Tronox filed suit against the FTC in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of
Mississippi seeking a declaration that the Cristal Transaction is lawful under applicable law, among other things.
On December 21, 2017, the European Commission announced that after its initial review, it would pursue a
Phase II investigation of the Cristal Transaction before reaching a decision to approve it, with or without
conditions. The Transaction Agreement provides for customary representations, warranties and covenants that are
subject, in some cases, to specified exceptions and qualifications contained in the Transaction Agreement. There
can be no assurance, however, that all closing conditions for the Cristal Transaction will be satisfied and, if they
are satisfied, that they will be satisfied in time for the closing to occur by June 30, 2018 (subject to automatic

61

3-month extensions to March 31, 2019 if necessary based on the status of outstanding regulatory approvals), at
which time either party to the Transaction Agreement may mutually agree to extend the closing date or terminate
the Transaction Agreement if the Cristal Transaction has not closed by such time. We have received approval for
the Cristal Transaction from seven of the nine regulatory jurisdictions whose approvals are required to close the
Cristal Transaction.

On October 2, 2017, at a special meeting of shareholders of the Company held pursuant to the Transaction
Agreement, the Company’s shareholders approved a resolution to issue 37,580,000 Class A Shares to the Seller
in connection with the acquisition of Cristal’s TiO2 business, and the resulting acquisition of interests in such
Class A Shares by the Seller and certain other persons and entities, at the closing of such acquisition.

On September 1, 2017, we completed the previously announced sale of our wholly owned subsidiary Tronox

Alkali Corporation (‘‘Alkali’’) to Genesis Energy, L.P. for proceeds of $1.325 billion in cash (the ‘‘Sale’’).

During the year ended December 31, 2017, we recognized a pre-tax loss of $233 million on the Alkali
disposal. For all periods presented, sales, costs and expenses and income taxes attributable to Alkali together with
the loss on disposal have been aggregated in a single caption entitled ‘‘Income (loss) from discontinued
operations, net of tax’’ in our Consolidated Statement of Operations. Included in the calculation of the loss noted
above, were approximately $21 million of transaction fees related to the sale of Alkali. For cash flow
presentation purposes, these transaction costs are included in ‘‘Cash provided by operating activities, continuing
operations’’ on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows. See Note 3 – Discontinued Operations for additional
information.

In 2012, our Class B ordinary shares (‘‘Class B Shares’’) were issued to Exxaro Resources Limited
(‘‘Exxaro’’) and one of its subsidiaries in consideration for 74% of Exxaro’s South African mineral sands
business. Exxaro has agreed not to acquire any voting shares of Tronox Limited if, following such acquisition,
Exxaro will have a voting interest in Tronox Limited of 50% or more unless Exxaro brings any proposal to make
such an acquisition to the Tronox Board of Directors on a confidential basis. In the event an agreement regarding
the proposal is not reached, Exxaro is permitted to make a takeover offer for all the shares of Tronox Limited
not held by affiliates of Exxaro, subject to certain non-waivable conditions. On March 8, 2017, Exxaro
announced its intention to begin pursuing a path to monetize its ownership stake in Tronox over time. On
October 10, 2017, Exxaro sold 22,425,000 Class A ordinary shares (‘‘Class A Shares’’) in an underwritten
registered offering (the ‘‘Exxaro Share Transaction’’). At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, Exxaro
held approximately 24% and 44%, respectively, of the voting securities of Tronox Limited. See Note 21 for
additional information regarding Exxaro transactions. Presently, Exxaro intends to sell the remainder of its
Tronox shares in a staged process over time pursuant to the existing registration statement, subject to market
conditions. Exxaro’s sale of Class A Shares did not impact their 26% ownership interest in each of our Tronox
KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd. and Tronox Mineral Sands (Pty) Ltd subsidiaries. Exxaro is entitled to exchange this
interest for approximately 3.2% in additional Class B Shares under certain circumstances. Exxaro also has a 26%
ownership interest in certain of our other non-operating subsidiaries.

Basis of Presentation

We are considered a domestic company in Australia and, as such, are required to report in Australia under
International Financial Reporting Standards (‘‘IFRS’’). Additionally, as we are not considered a ‘‘foreign private
issuer’’ in the U.S., we are required to comply with the reporting and other requirements imposed by the U.S.
securities law on U.S. domestic issuers, which, among other things, requires reporting under accounting
principles generally accepted in the United States of America (‘‘U.S. GAAP’’). The consolidated financial
statements included in this Form 10-K are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. We publish our consolidated
financial statements, in both U.S. GAAP and IFRS, in U.S. dollars.

Exxaro has a 26% ownership interest in each of our Tronox KZN Sands (Pty) Ltd. and Tronox Mineral

Sands (Pty) Ltd. subsidiaries in order to comply with the ownership requirements of the Black Economic
Empowerment (‘‘BEE’’) legislation in South Africa. We account for such ownership interest as ‘‘Noncontrolling
interest’’ in our consolidated financial statements.

Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of all majority-owned subsidiary companies. All

intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Certain prior period amounts have
been reclassified to conform to the manner and presentation in the current period.

62

Revision of Previously Issued Consolidated Financial Statements

During the three months ended March 31, 2017, we identified a misstatement in our selling, general, and
administrative expense for certain prior periods related to a liability resulting from a non-timely filing with a
statutory authority. The aggregate misstatement is $11 million, which impacts our previously issued consolidated
statements of operations, comprehensive loss, balance sheets and cash flows as of and for the years ended
December 31, 2015 and 2016, and the unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements for the third and
fourth quarters and corresponding year-to-date periods of 2015, and each quarter and corresponding year-to-date
periods of 2016.

In accordance with Staff Accounting Bulletin (‘‘SAB’’) No. 99, Materiality, and SAB No. 108, Considering

the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements,
management evaluated the materiality of the misstatement from qualitative and quantitative perspectives, and
concluded that the misstatement was not material to our previously issued annual and interim financial
statements. The cumulative amount of the prior period adjustments would have been material to our current
statement of operations and comprehensive loss had we made the correction in the three months ended March 31,
2017 and accordingly we have revised our previously issued financial statements to correct this misstatement. We
also corrected the timing of other previously recorded immaterial out-of-period adjustments and reflected them in
the revised prior period financial statements. The previously recorded immaterial out-of-period adjustments
include a $6 million decrease to cost of goods sold due to an overstated depreciation expense and a $7 million
increase to cost of goods sold related to royalty tax both originating in 2013 and previously recorded as
out-of-period corrections in 2014; a $5 million decrease to cost of goods sold that originated in 2012 and was
previously recorded as an out-of-period correction in 2014 due to overstated depletion expense; and other
miscellaneous immaterial corrections.

The effects on our consolidated financial statements are as follows:

Consolidated Statement of Operations

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative

expenses. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net. . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from continuing operations
before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) from continuing

Income (loss) from discontinued

operations, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net loss attributable to Tronox Limited. . .
Net income (loss) per share from

continuing operations, basic and
diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income (loss) per share from

discontinued operations, basic and
diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Weighted average shares outstanding,

Year Ended December 31, 2016
As

Year Ended December 31, 2015
As

Reported(1) Adjustment

Revised

Reported(1) Adjustment

Revised

$

$ 1,309
1,175
134

— $ 1,309
1,175
—
134
—

$ 1,510
1,487
23

$

— $ 1,510
1,491
19

4
(4)

(185)
(52)
(27)

(260)

77
(59)

(4)
(4)
—

(4)

(4)

2
(2)

(189)
(56)
(27)

(192)
(190)
28

(264)

(338)

(139)

(362)

79
(61)

55
(318)

(7)
(11)
—

(11)

(10)

—
(11)

(199)
(201)
28

(349)

(372)

55
(329)

(1.17)

(0.03)

(1.20)

(3.22)

(0.09)

(3.31)

0.67

0.01

0.68

0.47

—

0.47

operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(135)

basic and diluted (in thousands). . . . . . .

116,161

116,161

116,161

115,566

115,566

115,566

63

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Year Ended December 31, 2016
As
Reported

Adjustment

Revised

Year Ended December 31, 2015

As Reported

Adjustment

Revised

Net loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . .
Comprehensive income (loss) attributable
to Tronox Limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(58)
74

42

$(2)
(2)

(2)

$(60)
72

$(307)
(584)

$(10)
(10)

$(317)
(594)

40

(518)

(11)

(529)

Consolidated Balance Sheet

Year Ended December 31, 2016

As Reported (1)

Adjustment

Revised

Current assets of continuing operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current liabilities of continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated deficit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total Tronox Limited shareholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities and equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,067
1,668
2,735
4,961
138
443
110
553
3,800
(13)
(495)
1,017
1,161
4,961

$—
3
3
3
11
10
1
11
11
(6)
(2)
(8)
(8)
3

$1,067
1,671
2,738
4,964
149
453
111
564
3,811
(19)
(497)
1,009
1,153
4,964

(1) Amounts reflect the results of Alkali as discontinued operations.

Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows

There was no net impact to operating, investing and financing cash flows from the revisions for continuing

operations for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent
assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses
during the reporting periods. It is at least reasonably possible that the effect on the financial statements of a
change in estimate due to one or more future confirming events could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Foreign Currency

The U.S. dollar is the functional currency for our operations, except for our South African operations, whose

functional currency is the Rand, and our European operations, whose functional currency is the Euro. We
determine the functional currency of each subsidiary based on a number of factors, including the predominant
currency for revenues, expenditures and borrowings. Adjustments from the remeasurement of non-functional
currency monetary assets and liabilities are recorded in ‘‘Other income (expense), net’’ in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. When the subsidiary’s functional currency is not the U.S. dollar, translation
adjustments resulting from translating the functional currency financial statements into U.S. dollar equivalents are
recorded in ‘‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

64

Gains and losses on intercompany foreign currency transactions that are not expected to be settled in the

foreseeable future are reported in the same manner as translation adjustments.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue is recognized when risk of loss and title to the product is transferred to the customer, pricing is

fixed or determinable, and collection is reasonably assured. All amounts billed to a customer in a sales
transaction related to shipping and handling represent revenues earned and are reported as ‘‘Net sales’’ in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations. Accruals are made for sales returns, rebates and other allowances, which
are recorded in ‘‘Net sales’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and are based on our historical
experience and current business conditions.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes costs for purchasing, receiving, manufacturing, and distributing products,
including raw materials, energy, labor, depreciation, depletion, shipping and handling, freight, warehousing, and
other production costs.

Research and Development

Research and development costs, included in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’’ in the
Consolidated Statements of Operation comprising of salaries, building costs, utilities, administrative expenses,
and allocations of corporate costs, were $8 million, $9 million, and $11 million during 2017, 2016, and 2015,
respectively, and were expensed as incurred.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses include costs related to marketing, agent commissions, and
legal and administrative functions such as corporate management, human resources, information technology,
investor relations, accounting, treasury, and tax compliance.

Income Taxes

We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. The estimation of the amounts of

income taxes involves the interpretation of complex tax laws and regulations and how foreign taxes affect
domestic taxes, as well as the analysis of the realizability of deferred tax assets, tax audit findings, and uncertain
tax positions.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the
years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. A valuation allowance is
provided against a deferred tax asset when it is more likely than not that all or some portion of the deferred tax
asset will not be realized. We periodically assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax
assets, and reflect any changes in our estimates in the valuation allowance, with a corresponding adjustment to
earnings or other comprehensive income (loss), as appropriate. All available positive and negative evidence is
weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded.

The amount of income taxes we pay is subject to ongoing audits by federal, state, and foreign tax

authorities, which may result in proposed assessments. Our estimate for the potential outcome for any uncertain
tax issue is highly judgmental. We assess our income tax positions, and record tax benefits for all years subject
to examination based upon our evaluation of the facts, circumstances, and information available at the reporting
date. For those tax positions for which it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, we record
the amount that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement with a taxing authority that
has full knowledge of all relevant information. Interest and penalties are accrued as part of tax expense, where
applicable. If we do not believe that it is more likely than not that a tax benefit will be sustained, no tax benefit
is recognized. See Note 6.

Earnings per Share

Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated using the two-class method. Under the two-class method,

earnings used to determine basic earnings per share are reduced by an amount allocated to participating
securities. Participating securities include restricted shares issued under the Tronox Management Equity Incentive

65

Plan (the ‘‘MEIP’’) (see Note 19) and the T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan (‘‘T-Bucks EPP’’) (see Note 19),
both of which contain non-forfeitable dividend rights. Our unexercised options, unexercised Series A and Series
B Warrants (see Note 18), and unvested restricted share units do not contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends
and, as such, are not considered in the calculation of basic earnings per share. Our unvested restricted shares do
not have a contractual obligation to share in losses; therefore, when we record a net loss, none of the loss is
allocated to participating securities. Consequently, in periods of net loss, the two-class method does not have an
effect on basic loss per share.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net earnings allocable to ordinary shares by the
weighted-average number of ordinary shares outstanding for the period, as adjusted for the potential dilutive
effect of non-participating restricted share units, options, and Series A and Series B Warrants. The options and
Series A and Series B Warrants are included in the calculation of diluted earnings per ordinary share utilizing the
treasury stock method. See Note 7.

Fair Value Measurement

We measure fair value on a recurring basis utilizing valuation techniques that maximize the use of

observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs, to the extent possible, and consider counterparty
credit risk in our assessment of fair value. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:

•

•

•

Level 1 – Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities;

Level 2 – Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical
or similar assets and liabilities in markets that are not active or other inputs that are observable or can
be corroborated by observable market data; and,

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant
to the fair value of the assets and liabilities

See Note 8.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

We consider all investments with original maturities of three months or less to be cash equivalents. We

maintain cash and cash equivalents in bank deposit and money market accounts that may exceed federally
insured limits. The financial institutions where our cash and cash equivalents are held are generally highly rated
and geographically dispersed, and we have a policy to limit the amount of credit exposure with any one
institution. We have not experienced any losses in such accounts and believe we are not exposed to significant
credit risk.

At December 31, 2017, included in restricted cash was $651 million related to our Blocked Term Loan

(defined below) See Note 15. Upon consummation of the Cristal acquisition, the Blocked Term Loan will
become available to Tronox Finance. See Note 15. At December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we had restricted cash
in Australia related to outstanding performance bonds of $2 million, $3 million and $5 million, respectively.

Accounts Receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

We perform credit evaluations of our customers, and take actions deemed appropriate to mitigate credit risk.

Only in certain specific occasions do we require collateral in the form of bank or parental guarantees or
guarantee payments. We maintain allowances for potential credit losses based on specific customer review and
current financial conditions. See Note 9.

Inventories, net

Pigment inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost and net realizable value, net of allowances for
obsolete and slow-moving inventory. The cost of inventories is determined using the first-in, first-out method.
Carrying values include material costs, labor, and associated indirect manufacturing expenses. Costs for materials
and supplies, excluding titanium ore, are determined by average cost to acquire. Mineral Sands inventories
including titanium ore are stated at the lower of the weighted-average cost of production or market. Inventory
costs include those costs directly attributable to products, including all manufacturing overhead but excluding
distribution costs. Raw materials are carried at actual cost.

66

We review, annually and at the end of each quarter, the cost of our inventory in comparison to its net
realizable value. We also periodically review our inventory for obsolescence. In either case, we record any
write-down equal to the difference between the cost of inventory and its estimated net realizable value based on
assumptions about alternative uses, market conditions and other factors. Inventories expected to be sold or
consumed within twelve months after the balance sheet date are classified as current assets and all other
inventories are classified as non-current assets. See Note 10.

Long Lived Assets

Property, plant and equipment, net is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, and is depreciated over its

estimated useful life using the straight-line method as follows:

Land improvements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

10 — 20 years
10 — 40 years
3 — 25 years
10 years

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred, except for costs of replacements or renewals that improve

or extend the lives of existing properties, which are capitalized. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and related
accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective account, and any resulting gain or loss is included in
‘‘Cost of goods sold’’ or ‘‘Selling, general, and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. See Note 11.

We capitalize interest costs on major projects that require an extended period of time to complete. See Note

15.

Mineral property acquisition costs are capitalized as tangible assets when management determines that

probable future benefits consisting of a contribution to future cash inflows have been identified and adequate
financial resources are available or are expected to be available as required to meet the terms of property
acquisition and anticipated exploration and development expenditures. Mineral leaseholds are depleted over their
useful lives as determined under the units of production method. Mineral property exploration costs are expensed
as incurred. When it has been determined that a mineral property can be economically developed as a result of
establishing proven and probable reserves, the costs incurred to develop such property through the
commencement of production are capitalized. See Note 12.

Intangible assets are stated at cost less accumulated amortization, and are amortized on a straight-line basis

over their estimated useful lives, which range from 3 to 20 years. See Note 13.

We evaluate the recoverability of the carrying value of long-lived assets that are held and used whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. Under such
circumstances, we assess whether the projected undiscounted cash flows of our long-lived assets are sufficient to
recover the carrying amount of the asset group being assessed. If the undiscounted projected cash flows are not
sufficient, we calculate the impairment amount by discounting the projected cash flows using our
weighted-average cost of capital. For assets that satisfy the criteria to be classified as held for sale, an
impairment loss, if any, is recognized to the extent the carrying amount exceeds fair value, less cost to sell. The
amount of the impairment of long-lived assets is written off against earnings in the period in which the
impairment is determined.

Business Acquisitions

Business acquisitions are accounted for using the acquisition method under Accounting Standards

Codification (‘‘ASC’’) 805, Business Combinations (‘‘ASC 805’’), which requires recording assets acquired and
liabilities assumed at fair value as of the acquisition date. Under the acquisition method of accounting, each
tangible and separately identifiable intangible asset acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded based on their
preliminary estimated fair values on the acquisition date. The initial valuations are derived from estimated fair
value assessments and assumptions used by management. Acquisition related costs are expensed as incurred and
are included in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

67

Long-term Debt

Long-term debt is stated net of unamortized original issue premium or discount. Premiums or discounts are
amortized using the effective interest method with amortization expense recorded in ‘‘Interest and debt expense,
net’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Deferred debt issuance costs related to a recognized debt
liability are presented in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of that
debt liability, consistent with debt discounts and are amortized using the effective interest method with
amortization expense recorded in ‘‘Interest and debt expense, net’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
See Note 15.

Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations are recorded at their estimated fair value, and accretion expense is recognized

over time as the discounted liability is accreted to its expected settlement value. Fair value is measured using
expected future cash outflows discounted at our credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate, which are considered Level
3 inputs. We classify accretion expense related to asset retirement obligations as a production cost, which is
included in ‘‘Cost of goods sold’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. See Note 16.

Environmental Remediation and Other Contingencies

We recognize a loss and record an undiscounted liability when litigation has commenced or a claim or
assessment has been asserted, or, based on available information, commencement of litigation or assertion of a
claim or assessment is probable, and the associated costs can be reasonably estimated. See Note 16.

Self-Insurance

We are self-insured for certain levels of general and vehicle liability, property, workers’ compensation and

health care coverage. The cost of these self-insurance programs is accrued based upon estimated fully developed
settlements for known and anticipated claims. Any resulting adjustments to previously recorded reserves are
reflected in current operating results. We do not accrue for general or unspecific business risks.

Share-based Compensation

Equity Restricted Share and Restricted Share Unit Awards - The fair value of equity instruments is measured

based on the share price on the grant date and is recognized over the vesting period. These awards contain
service, market, and/or performance conditions. For awards containing only a service or a market condition, we
have elected to recognize compensation costs using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for
the entire award. For awards containing a market condition, the fair value of the award is measured using the
Monte Carlo simulation under a lattice model approach. For awards containing a performance condition, the fair
value is the grant date close price and compensation expense is not recognized until we conclude that it is
probable that the performance condition will be met. We reassess the probability at least quarterly. See Note 19.

Liability Restricted Share Awards - Restricted share awards classified as liability awards contain only a
service condition, and have graded vesting provisions. Liability awards are re-measured to fair value at each
reporting date. See Note 19, Long-Term Incentive Plan.

Option Awards - The Black-Scholes option pricing model is utilized to measure the fair value of options on
the grant date. The options contain only service conditions, and have graded vesting provisions. We have elected
to recognize compensation costs using the straight-line method over the requisite service period for the entire
award. See Note 19.

Defined Benefit Pension and Postretirement Benefit Plans

We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and postretirement benefit plans in the

Consolidated Balance Sheet. The funded status is measured as the difference between the fair value of plan
assets and the benefit obligation at the measurement date. The benefit obligation for the defined benefit plans is
the projected benefit obligation (PBO), which represents the actuarial present value of benefits expected to be
paid upon retirement based on employee services already rendered and estimated future compensation levels. The
benefit obligation for our postretirement benefit plans is the accumulated postretirement benefit obligation

68

(APBO), which represents the actuarial present value of postretirement benefits attributed to employee services
already rendered. The fair value of plan assets related to our defined benefit plan represents the current market
value of assets held in a trust fund, which is established for the sole benefit of plan participants.

If the fair value of plan assets exceeds the benefit obligation, the plan is overfunded, and the excess is
recorded as a prepaid pension asset. On the other hand, if the benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan
assets, the plan is underfunded, and the deficit is recorded as pension and postretirement healthcare benefits
obligation in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. The portion of the pension and postretirement healthcare
obligations payable within the next 12 months is recorded in accrued liabilities in the Consolidated Balance
Sheet.

Net periodic pension and postretirement benefit cost represents the aggregation of service cost, interest cost,

expected return on plan assets, amortization of prior service costs or credits and actuarial gains or losses
previously recognized as a component of OCI and it is recorded in the Consolidated Statement of Operations.
Net periodic cost is recorded in cost of goods sold and selling, general and administrative expenses in the
Consolidated Statement of Operations based on the employees’ respective functions.

Actuarial gains or losses represents the effect of remeasurement on the benefit obligation principally driven

by changes in the plan actuarial assumptions. Prior service costs or credits arise from plan amendments. The
actuarial gains or losses and prior service costs or credits are initially recognized as a component of Other
Comprehensive income in the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income (Loss). Those gains or losses
and prior service costs or credits are subsequently recognized as a component of net periodic cost.

The measurement of benefit obligations and net periodic cost is based on estimates and assumptions

approved by management. These valuations reflect the terms of the plans and use participant-specific information
such as compensation, age and years of service, as well as certain assumptions, including estimates of discount
rates, expected return on plan assets, rate of compensation increases and mortality rates.

Defined Contribution Plans - We recognize our contribution as expense when they are due. The expense is

recorded in cost of goods sold or selling, general and administrative expenses the Consolidated Statement of
Operations based on the employees’ respective functions.

Multiemployer Plan - We treat our multiemployer plan like a defined contribution plan. A pension plan to

which two or more unrelated employers contribute is generally considered to be a multiemployer plan. As a
defined contribution plan, we recognize the contribution for the period as a net benefit cost and any contributions
due and unpaid as a liability.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, ‘‘Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects From
Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income’’ (ASU 2018-02), which amends ASC 220, Income Statement —
Reporting Comprehensive Income, to allow a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to
retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act. In addition, under
ASU 2018-02, an entity will be required to provide certain disclosures regarding stranded tax effects.
ASU 2018-02 is effective for all entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2018-02 to have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (‘‘FASB’’) issued Accounting Standards Update

(‘‘ASU’’) 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (‘‘ASU 2016-09’’), which
amends ASC Topic 718, Compensation – Stock Compensation. ASU 2016-09 simplifies various aspects related to
how share-based payments are accounted for and presented in the financial statements including income taxes
and forfeitures of awards. We adopted ASU 2016-09 during the first quarter of 2017. Its adoption did not have a
material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging: Effect of Derivative Contract

Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (‘‘ASU 2016-05’’), which clarifies that a change in the
counterparty to a derivative instrument that has been designated as the hedging instrument in an existing hedging
relationship would not, in and of itself, be considered a termination of the derivative instrument or a change in a
critical term of the hedging relationship. As long as all other hedge accounting criteria in ASC 815, Derivatives

69

and Hedging (‘‘ASC 815’’) are met, a hedging relationship in which the hedging derivative instrument is novated
would not be discontinued or require redesignation. This clarification applies to both cash flow and fair value
hedging relationships. We adopted ASU 2016-05 during the first quarter of 2017. Its adoption did not have an
impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In July 2015, as part of its simplification initiative, the FASB issued ASU 2015-11, Simplifying the

Measurement of Inventory (‘‘ASU 2015-11’’). ASU 2015-11 simplifies the subsequent measurement of inventory
by requiring entities to remeasure inventory at the lower of cost and net realizable value, which is defined as the
estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business, less reasonably predictable costs of completion,
disposal, and transportation. We adopted ASU 2015-11 during the first quarter of 2017. The adoption of ASU
2015-11 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted
Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities (‘‘ASU 2017-12’’), which will make more financial and
nonfinancial hedging strategies eligible for hedge accounting. It also amends the presentation and disclosure
requirements and changes how companies assess effectiveness. It is intended to more closely align hedge
accounting with companies’ risk management strategies, simplify the application of hedge accounting, and
increase transparency as to the scope and results of hedging programs. ASU 2017-12 is effective for annual
periods beginning on or after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those periods. Early adoption
is permitted which we are considering. We do not expect the adoption of ASU 2017-12 to have a material impact
on our consolidated financial statements.

In May 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-09, Compensation—Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Scope of

Modification Accounting (‘‘ASU 2017-09’’), which clarifies when to account for a change to the terms or
conditions of a share-based payment award as a modification. Under ASU 2017-09, modification accounting is
required only if the fair value, the vesting conditions, or the classification of the award (as equity or liability)
changes as a result of the change in terms or conditions. ASU 2017-09 is effective prospectively for annual
periods beginning on or after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early adoption
is permitted. The impact, if any, that ASU 2017-09 will have on our consolidated financial statements will
depend on any future award modification.

In March 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-07, Compensation-Retirement Benefits: Improving the
Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic Postretirement Benefit Cost (‘‘ASU 2017-07’’)
which amends the requirements in ASC 715, Compensation — Retirement Benefits, which requires employers
that sponsor defined benefit pension and/or other postretirement plans to aggregate the various components of net
periodic benefit cost for presentation purposes but does not prescribe where they should be presented in the
income statement. ASU 2017-07 requires employers to present the service cost component of the net periodic
benefit cost in the same income statement line item(s) as other employee compensation costs arising from service
rendered during the period. In addition, only the service cost component will be eligible for capitalization in
assets. Employers will present the other components separately from the line item(s) that includes the service
cost and outside of any subtotal of operating income, if one is presented. Employers will have to disclose the
line item(s) used to present the other components of net periodic benefit cost, if the components are not
presented separately in the income statement. ASU 2017-07 is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those years. Early adoption is permitted as of the beginning of an
annual period for which an entity’s financial statements (interim or annual) have not been issued. ASU 2017-07
requires the presentation of the components of net periodic benefit cost in the income statement retrospectively
while the guidance limiting the capitalization of net periodic benefit cost in assets to the service component will
be applied prospectively. The adoption of ASU 2017-07 will result in the reclassification of pension costs of
$4 million, $3 million and $1 million, in 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, from ‘‘Income (loss) from
operations’’ to ‘‘Other income (expense), net’’ in our Consolidated Statements of Operations.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the
Definition of a Business (‘‘ASU 2017-01’’), which clarifies the definition of a business with the objective of
adding guidance to assist companies and other reporting organizations with evaluating whether transactions
should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. ASU 2017-01 is effective for
annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim periods within those periods. Early

70

application of the amendments in ASU 2017-01 is allowed under certain circumstances. The amendments in ASU
2017-01 should be applied prospectively on or after the effective date. The impact, if any, that ASU 2017-01 will
have on our consolidated financial statements will depend on the nature of future acquisitions of assets or
businesses.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash
(‘‘ASU 2016-18’’), which requires that the reconciliation of the beginning-of-period and end-of period amounts
shown in the statement of cash flows include restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents. ASU 2016-18 does
not define restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents, but an entity will need to disclose the nature of the
restrictions. ASU 2016-18 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods
within those fiscal years. We adopted ASU 2016-18 in January 2018. The guidance should be applied
retrospectively to all periods presented. The adoption of ASU 2016-18 will require us to include and reconcile
the amount of ‘‘Restricted cash’’, in addition to ‘‘Cash and cash equivalents’’, for cash flow purposes for all
periods presented commencing with the three months ending March 31, 2018.

In October 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-16, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Intra-Entity Transfers of Assets
Other Than Inventory (‘‘ASU 2016-16’’), which reduces the complexity in the accounting standards by allowing
the recognition of current and deferred income taxes for an intra-entity asset transfer, other than inventory, when
the transfer occurs. Historically, recognition of the income tax consequence was not recognized until the asset
was sold to an outside party. This amendment should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a
cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. ASU
2016-16 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017, including interim reporting periods
within those annual reporting periods. Early adoption is permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an annual
reporting period for which financial statements (interim or annual) have not been issued or made available for
issuance. The impact, if any, that ASU 2016-16 will have on our consolidated financial statements will depend
upon future intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory.

In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of

Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (‘‘ASU 2016-15’’) which provides guidance intended to reduce
diversity in practice in how certain cash receipts and cash payments are presented and classified in the statement
of cash flows. ASU 2016-15 is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2017, and interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted, provided that all
of the amendments are adopted in the same period. The guidance requires application using a retrospective
transition method. We have not yet determined the impact, if any, that ASU 2016-15 will have on our
consolidated financial statements as it will depend on the nature of future cash flow transactions impacted by the
new guidance.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases (‘‘ASU 2016-02’’) which includes a lessee
accounting model that recognizes two types of leases - finance leases and operating leases. The standard requires
that a lessee recognize on the balance sheet assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms of more than 12
months. The recognition, measurement, and presentation of expenses and cash flows arising from a lease by a
lessee will depend on its classification as a finance or an operating lease. The standard is effective for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2018. Early adoption is
permitted. The new standard, as originally issued would have required adoption using a modified retrospective
transition and provided for certain practical expedients. Transition would have required application of the new
guidance at the beginning of the earliest comparative period presented. On January 5, 2018, the FASB issued a
proposed ASU for comment that would allow entities the option to instead apply the provisions of the new leases
guidance at the effective date (e.g., January 1, 2019), without adjusting the comparative periods presented.
Comments on the proposed update are due to the FASB by February 5, 2018 and we will assess our method of
adoption if the FASB approves this transition option. We have developed an implementation plan for adopting
ASU 2016-02, which includes utilizing a software program to manage our lease obligations. We are evaluating
the impact that ASU 2016-02 will have on our consolidated financial statements and have concluded that we will
not early adopt ASU 2016-02. We continue to monitor the FASB’s actions and will consider the impact of any
changes made to the guidance prior to its effective date. Refer to Notes 15 and 17 regarding current obligations
under lease agreements.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) which
states that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in

71

an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods
or services. ASU 2014-09 also requires additional disclosures about the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of
revenue and cash flows arising from customer contracts. This guidance is effective for interim and annual periods
beginning after December 15, 2017, with early adoption permitted. The two permitted transition methods under
the new standard are the full retrospective method, in which case the standard would be applied to each prior
reporting period presented, or the modified retrospective method, in which case the cumulative effect of applying
the standard would be recognized at the date of initial application. Subsequent to the issuance of the May 2014
guidance, several clarifications and updates have been issued on this topic, the most recent of which was issued
in May 2017.

We are substantially complete with our implementation plan for adopting ASU 2014-09 including the
evaluation of differences between the existing accounting guidance and Topic 606. Based on the results of our
evaluation, we did not identify any changes which will have a material impact to our consolidated financial
statements. Similarly, we did not identify any significant impact on our business processes, controls and systems.
We are in the process of finalizing the documentation of our accounting policies. We adopted the new standard
using the modified retrospective approach effective January 1, 2018.

3. Discontinued Operations

Concurrent with the announcement of the Cristal Transaction, we expressed intent to begin a process to
market our Alkali soda ash business, which met the criteria as held for sale in the third quarter of 2017 and was
sold on September 1, 2017. The sale of Alkali is an important step in positioning us as a global leader in the
TiO2 industry. The proceeds will be used to fund the majority of the cash consideration for the Cristal acquisition
and a portion was also used in the refinancing of our debt. See Notes 1 and 15. The criteria for presentation of
Alkali as a discontinued operation in accordance with ASU 2014-08, Reporting Discontinued Operations and
Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity was met in the third quarter of 2017. This disposal is
considered a strategic shift that has and will have a major effect on our operations and financial results;
therefore, the results of Alkali have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented. Alkali’s
assets as of December 31, 2016 have been segregated from continuing operations and presented as current assets
or current liabilities from discontinued operations.

Alkali, which was previously one of our two operating and reportable segments, included certain allocated

corporate costs, which have been reallocated to Corporate. The amount of allocated corporate costs was
$3 million, $4 million and $3 million respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015. After
the Alkali Sale, we now operate in a single operating and reportable segment, TiO2.

The following table presents the major classes of Alkali’s line items constituting the ‘‘Income (loss) from

discontinued operations, net of tax’’ in our Consolidated Statements of Operations:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2017

2015

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling, general and administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on sale of discontinued operations, no tax impact. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 521
448
(18)
55
(1)
(233)
$(179)

$786
671
(25)
89
(10)
—
$ 79

$602
505
(25)
72
(17)
—
$ 55

72

The following table is a summary of the carrying amounts of Alkali’s assets and liabilities included as
‘‘Total assets of discontinued operations’’ and ‘‘Total liabilities of discontinued operations’’ of December 31,
2016:

Assets

Current Assets
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current assets of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncurrent Assets
Property, plant and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mineral leaseholds, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other long-term assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Liabilities

Current Liabilities
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All other current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current liabilities of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities of discontinued operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,
2016

$ 146
33
21
200

739
730
2
$1,671

$

44
36
11
91
20
$ 111

4. Restructuring Expense

Restructuring income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations consists of charges related to

employee severance and associated costs recorded in connection with the global restructuring of our TiO2
segment, cost improvement initiative and the alignment of our production output to market requirements (the
‘‘TiO2 Restructuring Initiatives’’) which were recorded in ‘‘Restructuring income (expense)’’ in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. The TiO2 Restructuring Initiatives were completed in 2016 and resulted in a reduction
in workforce of approximately 580 employees and outside contractors, the cessation of production of our sodium
chlorate plant in Hamilton, Mississippi and the suspension of the operation of our Cooljarloo North Mine in
Western Australia. Restructuring income (expense) in our Consolidated Statements of Operations also includes
the reversal of restructuring expense pursuant to the settlement of claims previously filed relating to a prior
restructure (‘‘Restructuring Settlement’’).

Restructuring income (expense) during 2017, 2016 and 2015 is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

TiO2 Restructuring Initiatives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$—
1

$ 1

$ (1)
—

$ (1)

$(21)
—

$(21)

The cumulative amount incurred relating to our TiO2 Restructuring Initiatives completed in 2016 was

$22 million.

73

Restructuring income (expense) by segment during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was as follows:

TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,
2016
$ (1)
—
$ (1)

2015
$(20)
(1)
$(21)

2017
$—
1
$ 1

A summary in the changes in the liability established for restructuring, which is included in ‘‘Accrued

liabilities’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets, is as follows:

Balance, January 1, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional provision, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, December 31, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017
$—
—
—
$—

2016
$ 15
1
(16)
$ —

5. Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net is comprised of the following:

Net realized and unrealized foreign currency gains (losses) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension and postretirement benefit curtailment gains/(settlement losses)(1) . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,
2016
$(31)
3
(1)
2
$(27)

2017
$(20)
10
—
1
$ (9)

2015
$21
7
—
—
$28

(1)

Losses related to our Netherlands pension plan. See Note 20.

6. Income Taxes

Our operations are conducted through various subsidiaries in a number of countries throughout the world.
We have provided for income taxes based upon the tax laws and rates in the countries in which operations are
conducted and income is earned.

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes is comprised of the following:

United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes . . . . . . . . .

The income tax (provision) benefit is summarized below:

Year Ended December 31,
2016
$ 362
(145)
(481)
$(264)

2017
$ (74)
(143)
130
$ (87)

2015
330
(359)
(320)
$(349)

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

United Kingdom:

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Australian:

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

International:

Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income tax (provision) benefit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (2)
1

—

(2)
(3)
$ (6)

$ (1)
—

65

52
9
$125

$ (1)
—

(17)

(6)
1
$(23)

74

The following table reconciles the applicable statutory income tax rates to our effective income tax rates for

‘‘Income tax (provision) benefit’’ as reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Statutory tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increases (decreases) resulting from:

Tax rate differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. federal tax reform (including rate change) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Disallowable expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate Reorganization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State rate changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Withholding taxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prior year accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Branch taxation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effective tax rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2017

19%

53
(1,166)
33
675
375
3
—
(1)
—
2
(7)%

2016

30%

44
—
(17)
80
(123)
(4)
42
(3)
(3)
1
47%

2015
30%

30
—
(4)
(68)
—
13
(11)
—
1
2
(7)%

During the year ended December 31, 2017, Tronox Limited, the public parent which is registered under the
laws of the State of Western Australia, became managed and controlled in the U.K. The statutory tax rate in the
U.K. at December 31, 2017 was 19%. During 2016 and 2015, Tronox Limited was managed and controlled in
Australia which has a statutory tax rate of 30%.

On December 22, 2017, the U.S. enacted major tax reform legislation. Our deferred tax impact of that

legislation has been included in the effective income tax rate table above as a separate line item. It is almost
entirely offset in the Valuation allowances line. The gross deferred tax impacts were primarily from our large
deferred tax assets being revalued from the previous U.S. statutory rate of 35% down to the newly enacted rate
of 21%, compensation accruals and deferred interest amounts which are no longer expected to be deductible
under the new legislation, and a change to the portion of an indefinite lived deferred tax liability we could
realize based on the new net operating loss indefinite carryforward period and usage limitation.

The effective tax rate for 2017 differs from the United Kingdom statutory rate of 19% primarily due to U.S.

tax reform legislation, valuation allowances, and rates different than the United Kingdom statutory rate of 19%.
For 2016 and 2015 it differs from the Australian statutory rate of 30% primarily due to valuation allowances,
rates different than the Australian statutory rate of 30%, and withholding tax accruals on interest income.

During the fourth quarter of 2016, we implemented various steps of an internal corporate restructuring plan

to simplify our corporate structure and thereby improve operational, administrative, and commercial synergies
within each of our operating segments (the ‘‘Corporate Reorganization’’). As a result of the Corporate
Reorganization, we reduced our cross jurisdictional financing arrangements and consequently reversed the
deferred tax assets related to intercompany interest deductions. The related withholding tax amounts were also
reversed as a result of the Corporate Reorganization. Additionally, we reduced our deferred tax assets related to
loss carryforwards which will no longer be available to utilize. The changes to deferred taxes are offset by
valuation allowances and result in no impact to the consolidated provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2016. The net income impact of the Corporate Reorganization was a benefit of $137 million in the
fourth quarter of 2016, reflecting the reversal of $139 million of withholding tax accruals, offset by a foreign
currency loss of $2 million. For the year ended December 31, 2016, the net income impact was $107 million,
reflecting a net reduction in withholding tax accruals of $110 million, offset by of a foreign currency loss of
$3 million.

Changes in our state apportionment factors and state statutory rate changes caused our overall effective state

tax rates to change. Due to the large deferred tax asset created by the Anadarko litigation settlement in 2014,
these state rate changes have a material impact on deferred taxes for 2015, 2016 and 2017. These are reflected
within the State rate changes line above. The changes to deferred tax are offset by valuation allowances.

75

During 2017, the statutory tax rates on income earned in Australia (30%), the United States (35%), South

Africa (28%), and the Netherlands (25%) are higher than the United Kingdom statutory rate of 19%. The
statutory tax rate on income earned in Switzerland (8%) and Jersey (0%) are lower than the United Kingdom
statutory rate of 19%. Also, we continue to maintain a full valuation allowance in Australia, the Netherlands, and
the U.S.

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) at December 31, 2017 and 2016 were comprised of the following:

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss and other carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reserves for environmental remediation and restoration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Obligations for pension and other employee benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grantor trusts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventories, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

2016

$ 1,834
81
28
49
29
669
7
245
2
14

$ 1,899
106
25
69
25
1,055
11
326
6
14

Total deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance associated with deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,958
(2,825)

3,536
(3,357)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

133

179

Deferred tax liabilities:
Property, plant and equipment, net. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(244)
(52)
(7)

(303)

(237)
(86)
(7)

(330)

Net deferred tax liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (170) $ (151)

Balance sheet classifications:
Deferred tax assets — long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liabilities — long-term . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1

$ —
$
$ (171) $ (151)

Net deferred tax liability. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (170) $ (151)

The net deferred tax liabilities reflected in the above table include deferred tax assets related to grantor
trusts, which were established as Tronox Incorporated emerged from bankruptcy during 2011. The balances relate
to the assets contributed to such grantor trusts by Tronox Incorporated and the proceeds from the resolution of
previous litigation of $5.2 billion during 2014, which resulted in additional deferred tax assets of $2.0 billion.
This increase was fully offset by valuation allowances. During 2016 and 2017, the U.S. net operating loss
increased as the grantor trusts spent a portion of the funds received from the litigation.

Both the Grantor trusts amount and the Net operating loss and other carryforwards amount above were
significantly reduced during 2017 as a result of the U.S. tax reform federal rate change from 35% down to 21%.
The reduction to the Net operating loss and other carryforwards line was offset by current year tax losses and by
additional net capital losses resulting from the final steps in completing our 2016 Corporate Reorganization.

76

There was a decrease to our valuation allowance of $532 million during 2017, a decrease of $218 million in

2016, and an increase of $229 million in 2015. The table below sets forth the changes, by jurisdiction:

Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United Kingdom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
United States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Netherlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total increase (decrease) in valuation allowances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2017

$ 359
10
(899)
(1)
(1)

$(532)

December 31,
2016

$(258)
—
40
—
—

$(218)

2015

$111
—
113
6
(1)

$229

The decrease to our valuation allowance in the United States in 2017 was primarily the result of the tax

reform legislation impacts. The increase to our valuation allowances in both Australia and the United Kingdom
during 2017 was to offset deferred tax assets generated from book losses and Corporate Reorganization net
capital losses. The decrease to the valuation allowance in The Netherlands is due to $12 million NOL utilization,
offset by the effect of foreign currency exchange rates changes between 2016 and 2017 of $11 million. The
decrease to our valuation allowance in Australia during 2016 is primarily the result of the Corporate
Reorganization. When we reduced our deferred tax assets related to intercompany interest deductions and loss
carryforwards which will no longer be available to utilize, it caused a corresponding reduction to the valuation
allowance and resulted in no impact to the consolidated provision for income taxes for the year ended
December 31, 2016. The increase to our valuation allowance in the United States during 2016 is primarily the
result of an increase to our net operating loss partially offset by a reduction to our deferred tax assets caused by
a lower effective state income tax rate. The increases to our valuation allowance in Australia and the United
States during 2015 are primarily the result of book losses during that year.

At December 31, 2017, we maintain full valuation allowances related to the total net deferred tax assets in
Australia, the United States, and the Netherlands, as we cannot objectively assert that these deferred tax assets
are more likely than not to be realized. It is reasonably possible that a portion of these valuation allowances
could be reversed within the next year due to increased book profitability levels and our pending acquisition of
the Cristal TiO2 Business. Future provisions for income taxes will include no tax benefits with respect to losses
incurred and tax expense only to the extent of current state tax payments until the valuation allowances are
eliminated. Additionally, we have valuation allowances against specific tax assets in South Africa and the United
Kingdom.

These conclusions were reached by the application of ASC 740, Income Taxes, and require that all available
positive and negative evidence be weighted to determine whether a valuation allowance should be recorded. The
more significant evidential matter in Australia, the United States, the Netherlands, and the United Kingdom
relates to recent book losses and the lack of sufficient projected taxable income. The more significant evidential
matter for South Africa relates to capital losses and assets that cannot be depleted or depreciated for tax
purposes.

An ownership change occurred during 2012, as a result of the Exxaro Transaction. These ownership changes

resulted in a limitation under IRC Sections 382 and 383 related to U.S. net operating losses. We do not expect
that the application of these net limitations related to the 2012 ownership change will have any material effect on
our U.S. federal income tax liabilities. The Company did not have any transactions during 2017 that triggered an
ownership change under IRC Sections 382 and 383.

The Company’s ability to use any net operating losses and section 163(j) interest expense carryforwards
(which are now subject to Section 382 limitations per the new recently enacted U.S. major tax reform legislation)
generated by it could be substantially limited if the Company were to experience another ownership change as
defined under IRC Section 382. In general, an ownership change would occur if the Company’s ‘‘5-percent
shareholders,’’ as defined under IRC Section 382, including certain groups of persons treated as ‘‘5-percent
shareholders,’’ collectively increased their ownership in the Company by more than 50 percentage points over a

77

rolling three-year period. If an ownership change does occur during 2018, the resulting impact could be a
limitation of up to $5.2 billion composed of both U.S. net operating losses and interest limitation carryforwards.
There would be minimal impact on the $2.5 billion future Grantor Trust deductions from an IRC Sections 382
change.

The deferred tax assets generated by tax loss carryforwards in Australia, the United States, and the

Netherlands have been fully offset by valuation allowances. The expiration of these carryforwards at
December 31, 2017 is shown below. The Australian and South African tax loss carryforwards do not expire.

United Kingdom Australia The Netherlands U.S. Federal U.S. State

Tax Loss
Carryforwards
Total

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
No Expiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total tax loss carryforwards. . . .

$—
—
—
—
—
—
55

$55

$ —
—
—
—
—
—
636

$636

$ —
—
—
17
34
143
—

$194

$ —
—
—
—
—
4,114
—

$4,114

$

21
1
16
2
60
4,015
—

$

21
1
16
19
94
8,272
691

$4,115

$9,114

At December 31, 2017, Tronox Limited had foreign subsidiaries with undistributed earnings. Although we

would not be subject to income tax on these earnings, amounts totaling $150 million could be subject to
withholding tax if distributed. We have made no provision for deferred taxes for Tronox Limited related to these
undistributed earnings because they are considered to be indefinitely reinvested outside of the parents’ taxing
jurisdictions.

The noncurrent liabilities section of our Consolidated Balance Sheet does not reflect any reserves for

uncertain tax positions for either 2017 or 2016.

Our Australian returns are closed through 2011. However, under Australian tax laws, transfer pricing issues

have no limitation period. Our U.S. returns are closed for years through 2012, with the exception of an
amendment filed for the 2007 tax year. Our Netherlands returns are closed through 2014. Our South African
returns are closed through 2012.

We believe that we have made adequate provision for income taxes that may be payable with respect to

years open for examination; however, the ultimate outcome is not presently known and, accordingly, additional
provisions may be necessary and/or reclassifications of noncurrent tax liabilities to current may occur in the
future.

On December 22, 2017 the U.S. government enacted the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (H.R. 1), which creates
sweeping tax reform, and the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 (SAB 118), which provides guidance on
accounting for tax effects of H.R. 1 under ASC 740. As listed above these acts passed late in the Company’s
fiscal year significantly impacted the effective tax rate disclosure for the year ended December 31, 2017.

H.R. 1 includes a number of broad and complex changes to the U.S. tax code. The most significant of these

changes to the Company is the reduction of the federal corporate tax rate from 35% down to 21%. This change
represents the most substantial portion of the amount presented in the effective tax rate as U.S. federal tax
reform. The effect of this rate change on the U.S. deferred tax assets and liabilities as well as their associated
valuation allowance is considered to be complete. Other provisions of this tax reform have been reasonably
estimated but are not yet deemed complete.

SAB 118 provides for a measurement period to complete the accounting for income taxes from H.R. 1 that

should not extend beyond one year from the enactment date, or December 22, 2018. To the extent that the
Company’s accounting for the income tax effects of any provisions in H.R. 1 is incomplete, a reasonable
estimate was determinable and this provisional estimate is included in the financial statements. While we are able
to make reasonable estimates of the impacts of H.R. 1 on the year ended December 31, 2017, the final impacts
may differ from these estimates, due to, among other things, changes in our interpretations and assumptions,
additional guidance that may be issued by the IRS or state taxing authorities, and actions not yet taken.

78

7. Loss Per Share

The computation of basic and diluted loss per share for the periods indicated is as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Numerator – Basic and Diluted:
Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to

$

(93)

$

(139)

$

(372)

noncontrolling interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13

1

12

Undistributed net income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to

Tronox Limited. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Percentage allocated to ordinary shares (1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from continuing operations available to ordinary shares . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations available to ordinary

(106)
100%
(106)

(140)
100%
(140)

(384)
100%
(384)

shares . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) available to ordinary shares. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(179)
(285)

$

$

79
(61)

$

55
(329)

Denominator – Basic and Diluted:
Weighted-average ordinary shares (in thousands). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) per Ordinary Share(2):
Basic and diluted net income (loss) from continuing operations per

119,502

116,161

115,566

ordinary share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

(0.89)

$

(1.20)

$

(3.31)

Basic and diluted net income (loss) from discontinued operations per

ordinary share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Basic and diluted net loss per ordinary share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1.50)
(2.39)

$

0.68
(0.52)

0.47
(2.84)

$

$

(1) Our participating securities do not have a contractual obligation to share in losses; therefore, when we have a net loss, none of the loss
is allocated to participating securities. Consequently, for 2017, 2016, and 2015, the two-class method did not have an effect on our net
loss per ordinary share calculation, and as such, dividends paid during the year did not impact this calculation.

(2) Net loss per ordinary share amounts were calculated from exact, not rounded net loss and share information.

In computing diluted net loss per share under the two-class method, we considered potentially dilutive

shares. Anti-dilutive shares not recognized in the diluted net loss per share calculation were as follows:

December 31, 2017

December 31, 2016

December 31, 2015

Shares

Average
Exercise Price

Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1,707,133
222,939
Series A Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Series B Warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
328,563
Restricted share units . . . . . . . . . . . 5,478,269

$21.27
$ 8.51
$ 9.37
$11.33

Shares

1,970,481
1,440,662
1,953,207
5,587,331

Average
Exercise Price

$21.19
$ 8.51
$ 9.37
$ 7.19

Shares

2,189,967
1,354,529
1,833,834
1,494,027

Average
Exercise Price

$21.15
$ 9.63
$10.63
$23.04

8. Fair Value Measurement

For financial instruments that are subsequently measured at fair value, the fair value measurement is

grouped into levels. See Note 2.

At both December 31, 2017 and 2016, our financial instrument measured at fair value was our

environmental rehabilitation trust, which amounted to $13 million and was categorized as Level 2. See Note 16.

The carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, accounts receivable, other current
assets, accounts payable, short-term debt, and other current liabilities approximate their fair value because of the
short-term nature of these instruments.

Our debt is recorded at historical amounts. At December 31, 2017, the fair value of our New Term Loan

Facility (defined below) was $2.17 billion and at December 31, 2016, the fair value of the Prior Term Loan
(defined below) was $1.5 billion. At December 31, 2016 the fair value of the Senior Notes due 2020, defined
below, was $841 million. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the fair value of the Senior Notes due 2022, defined
below, was $609 million and $544 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 the fair value of the Senior Notes

79

due 2025, defined below, was $463 million. We determined the fair value of the New Term Loan Facility, Prior
Term Loan, the Senior Notes due 2020, the Senior Notes due 2022 and the Senior Notes due 2025 using quoted
market prices. The fair value hierarchy for the New Term Loan Facility, Prior Term Loan, the Senior Notes due
2020, the Senior Notes due 2022 and the Senior Notes due 2025 is a Level 1 input. The balance outstanding
under our UBS Revolver at December 31, 2016 is carried at contracted amounts, which approximates fair value
based on the short-term nature of the borrowing and the variable interest rate. The fair value hierarchy for our
UBS Revolver is a Level 2 input. See Note 15.

9. Accounts Receivable, Net of Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, consisted of the following:

Trade receivables. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Subtotal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

$324
13

337
(1)

2016

$271
8

279
(1)

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$336

$278

Bad debt expense was less than $1 million for each of the years ended 2017, 2016 and 2015. Bad debt

expense was recorded in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.

10. Inventories, net

Inventories, net consisted of the following:

Raw materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Work-in-process. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Finished goods, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Materials and supplies, net(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Inventories, net – non-current. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

$137
35
194
110

476
(3)

2016

$191
35
190
97

513
(14)

Inventories, net – current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$473

$499

(1) Consists of processing chemicals, maintenance supplies, and spare parts, which will be consumed directly and indirectly in the

production of our products.

Finished goods includes inventory on consignment of $28 million and $24 million at December 31, 2017

and 2016, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, inventory obsolescence reserves were $14 million and
$17 million, respectively. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, reserves for lower of cost and net
realizable value were $27 million and $26 million, respectively.

80

11. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation, consisted of the following:

December 31,

2017

2016

Land and land improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Buildings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Machinery and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction-in-progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

95
267
1,387
103
41

$

94
237
1,275
82
38

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, plant and equipment, net(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,893
(778)

1,726
(634)

$1,115

$1,092

(1)

Substantially all of these assets are pledged as collateral for our debt. See Note 15.

Depreciation expense related to property, plant and equipment during 2017, 2016, and 2015 was
$125 million, $117 million, and $150 million, respectively, of which $122 million, $114 million, and
$146 million, respectively, was recorded in ‘‘Cost of goods sold’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Depreciation expense of $3 million each for 2017 and 2016 and $4 million for 2015 was recorded in ‘‘Selling,
general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

12. Mineral Leaseholds, net

Mineral leaseholds, net of accumulated depletion, consisted of the following:

December 31,

2017

2016

Mineral leaseholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less accumulated depletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,303
(418)

$1,257
(380)

Mineral leaseholds, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 885

$ 877

Depletion expense related to mineral leaseholds during 2017, 2016, and 2015 was $32 million, $35 million,

and $77 million, respectively, and was recorded in ‘‘Cost of goods sold’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations.

13. Intangible Assets, net

Customer relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
TiO2 technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Internal-use software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31, 2017
Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

$(134)
(11)
(25)

$(170)

$157
21
20

$198

December 31, 2016
Accumulated
Amortization

Net Carrying
Amount

$(115)
(9)
(21)

$(145)

$176
23
24

$223

Gross
Cost

$291
32
45

$368

Gross
Cost

$291
32
45

$368

Amortization expense related to intangible assets was $25 million each for 2017 and 2016 and $26 million
during 2015, respectively, of which $24 million each was recorded during 2017 and 2016 and $25 million was
recorded during 2015 in ‘‘Selling general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. During 2017, 2016 and 2015, $1 million each of amortization expense was recorded in ‘‘Cost of
goods sold’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Estimated future amortization expense related to
intangible assets is $25 million for each of the years from 2018 through 2021, $23 million for 2022 and
$75 million thereafter.

81

14. Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities consisted of the following:

Employee-related costs and benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales rebates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Taxes other than income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

$ 72
21
19
7
44

$163

2016

$ 61
35
20
9
25

$150

15. Debt

Debt Refinancing

On September 22, 2017, we completed our offering of our Senior Notes due 2025 for an aggregate principal
amount of $450 million, the net proceeds of which together with borrowings under our $2.150 billion New Term
Loan Facility and the proceeds from the Alkali sale, funded the redemption of the remaining outstanding balance
of our Senior Notes due 2020 and we paid off the remaining outstanding balance of our $1.5 billion Prior Term
Loan. In addition, we paid off the outstanding short-term borrowings under our UBS Revolver and entered into a
new asset-based revolving syndicated facility with Wells Fargo (all defined below).

The refinancing of our Senior Notes due 2020 was considered a debt extinguishment in accordance with

ASC 470, Debt (‘‘ASC 470’’). However, for refinancing of both the UBS Revolver and the Prior Term Loan, a
portion of each of these refinancing arrangements were considered modifications and a portion considered
extinguishments in accordance with the requirements of ASC 470 as some of the original lenders in the original
syndications were part of the new lender base.

Short-term Debt

During the third quarter of 2017, we repaid the $150 million outstanding balance under the global senior
secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit facility with UBS AG (the ‘‘UBS Revolver’’). Concurrent with
entering into the Wells Fargo Revolver, described below, the UBS Revolver was terminated. Unamortized
original debt issuance costs of $1 million relating to the UBS Revolver were included in ‘‘Gain (loss) on
extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017.
The remaining unamortized balance of original debt issuance costs of $2 million relating to the UBS Revolver
will be amortized over the life of the Wells Fargo Revolver.

Wells Fargo Revolver

On September 22, 2017, we entered into a new global senior secured asset-based syndicated revolving credit
facility with Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. (the ‘‘Wells Fargo Revolver’’). The Wells Fargo Revolver provides us with
up to $550 million of revolving credit lines, with an $85 million sublimit for letters of credit, and has a maturity
date of September 22, 2022. Our availability of revolving credit loans and letters of credit is subject to a
borrowing base. Borrowings bear interest at our option, at either an adjusted London Interbank Offered Rate
(‘‘LIBOR’’) plus an applicable margin that ranges from 1.25% to 1.75%, or a base rate, which is defined to
mean the greatest of (a) the administrative agent’s prime rate, (b) the Federal funds effective rate plus 0.50% and
(c) the adjusted LIBOR for a one-month period plus 1.00% plus a margin that ranges from 0.25% to 0.75%, in
each case, based on the average daily borrowing availability. At December 31, 2017, there were no outstanding
revolving credit loans under the Wells Fargo Revolver, excluding $19 million of issued and undrawn letters of
credit under the Wells Fargo Revolver. Debt issuance costs associated with the Wells Fargo Revolver of
$7 million ($2 million remaining from the UBS Revolver and $5 million incurred for the Wells Fargo Revolver)
were included in ‘‘Other long-term assets’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017 and is
amortized over the life of the Wells Fargo Revolver.

ABSA Revolving Credit Facility

On December 13, 2017, we entered into an agreement for a revolving credit facility with ABSA Bank
Limited (‘‘ABSA’’) acting through its ABSA Capital Division for an amount up to R750 million (approximately

82

$61 million at December 31, 2017 exchange rate) maturing on December 13, 2020 (the ‘‘New ABSA
Revolver’’). The New ABSA Revolver replaces our R1.3 billion revolving credit facility (approximately
$105 million at December 31, 2017 exchange rate) with ABSA that matured on June 14, 2017 (the ‘‘ABSA
Revolver’’). The New ABSA Revolver bears interest at (i) the base rate (defined as one month Johannesburg
Interbank Agreed Rate, which is the mid-market rate for deposits in South African Rand for a period equal to the
relevant period which appears on the Reuters Screen SAFEY Page alongside the caption YLD) as of 11h00
Johannesburg time on the first day of the applicable period, plus (ii) the Margin, which ranges from 3.45% to
3.85%, in each case, based on the aggregate loan amount outstanding as a percentage of the total commitments
of the ABSA Facility. During 2017 we had no drawdowns or repayments on the New ABSA Revolver. During
2017, 2016 and 2015, we had no drawdowns or repayments on the ABSA Revolver. At December 31, 2016, there
was no outstanding borrowings on the ABSA Revolver.

Long-term debt, net of an unamortized discount and debt issuance costs, consisted of the following:

Prior Term Loan, net of unamortized

discount(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,500

Variable

—

$ —

$1,441

Original
Principal

Annual
Interest Rate

Maturity
Date

December 31,
2017

December 31,
2016

New Term Loan Facility, net of unamortized

discount(2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Notes due 2020. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Notes due 2022. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Senior Notes due 2025. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Lease financing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Long-term debt due within one year . . . .
Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term debt, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,150
900
600
450

Variable
6.375%

9/22/2024
—
7.50% 3/15/2022
5.75% 9/22/2025

2,138
—
584
450
19
3,191
(17)
(44)
$3,130

—
896
584
—
19
2,940
(16)
(36)
$2,888

(1) Average effective interest rate of 5.1% and 4.9% during 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(2) Average effective interest rate of 4.9% during 2017.

At December 31, 2017, the scheduled maturities of our long-term debt were as follows:

Total Borrowings

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remaining accretion associated with the New Term Loan Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

17
22
22
23
607
2,512

3,203
(12)

Total borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$3,191

Prior Term Loan

On April 23, 2014, we, along with our wholly owned subsidiary, Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., and

certain named guarantor subsidiaries, entered into a Third Amended and Restated Credit and Guaranty Agreement
(the ‘‘Third Agreement’’) with the lender party thereto and Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent.
Pursuant to the Third Agreement, we obtained a $1.5 billion senior secured term loan (the ‘‘Prior Term Loan’’)
with a maturity date of March 19, 2020. As mentioned above, on September 22, 2017, we repaid the remaining
$1.4 billion outstanding balance of the $1.5 billion Prior Term Loan and entered into the New Term Loan
Facility described below. Unamortized original debt discount and issuance costs of $1 million relating to the
Prior Term Loan were included in ‘‘Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations for the year ended December 31, 2017. The remaining balance of unamortized original debt discount

83

and issuance costs of $3 million and $13 million, respectively, relating to the Prior Term Loan will continue to
be amortized over the life of the New Term Loan Facility.

New Term Loan Facility

On September 22, 2017, we entered into a new senior secured first lien term loan facility (the ‘‘New Term

Loan Facility’’) with the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, with a
maturity date of September 22, 2024. The New Term Loan Facility consists of (i) a U.S. dollar term facility in
an aggregate principal amount of $1.5 billion (the ‘‘New Term Loans’’) with our subsidiary, Tronox Finance LLC
(‘‘Tronox Finance’’) as the borrower and (ii) a U.S. dollar term facility in an aggregate principal amount of
$650 million (the ‘‘Blocked Term Loan’’) with our unrestricted subsidiary, Tronox Blocked Borrower LLC (the
‘‘Blocked Borrower’’) as the borrower, which Blocked Term Loan was funded into a blocked account. Upon
consummation of the Cristal Transaction, the Blocked Borrower will merge with and into Tronox Finance, and
the Blocked New Term Loan will become available to Tronox Finance. If the Cristal Transaction is terminated,
the Blocked Term Loan will be repaid to the lenders of such Blocked Term Loan. The proceeds from the
Blocked Term Loan are included in ‘‘Restricted cash’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2017.
The Blocked Term Loan under the New Term Loan Facility bear interest at the ‘‘Applicable Rate’’ defined by
reference to a grid-pricing matrix that relates to our first lien net leverage ratio. Based upon our first lien net
leverage ratio the Applicable Rate under the New Term Loan Facility as of December 31, 2017 was 300 basis
points plus LIBOR. The New Term Loan Facility was issued net of an original issue discount of $11 million. At
December 31, 2017, the unamortized discount was $12 million which includes $3 million relating to the Prior
Term Loan. Debt issuance costs of $4 million relating to the New Term Loan Facility were included in ‘‘Gain
(loss) on extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year ended December 31,
2017. Debt issuance costs of $30 million associated with the New Term Loan Facility ($13 million remaining
from the Prior Term Loan and $17 million incurred for the New Term Loan Facility) were recorded as a direct
reduction of the carrying value of the long-term debt as described below and will be amortized over the life of
the New Term Loan Facility.

Senior Notes due 2020

On September 25, 2017, we redeemed (the ‘‘Redemption’’) the $896 million outstanding balance of our

$900 million aggregate principal, 6.375% senior notes due 2020 issued by Tronox Finance (the ‘‘Senior Notes
due 2020’’). The total cash payment made in connection with the Redemption was approximately $917 million,
and included accrued interest of $7 million and a call premium of $14 million (the ‘‘Call Premium’’) included in
‘‘Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. During the year ended
December 31, 2016, we repurchased $4 million of face value of the Senior Notes due 2020 at a price of 77% of
par, resulting in a net gain of approximately $1 million, which was included in ‘‘Gain (loss) on extinguishment
of debt’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The Senior Notes due 2020 were fully and
unconditionally guaranteed on a senior and unsecured basis by us and certain of our subsidiaries. As a result of
the Redemption, we are no longer required to present guarantor consolidating financial statements in this Form
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017. In connection with the Redemption, we recorded a loss on
extinguishment of debt of $22 million included in ‘‘Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations, of which $8 million related to unamortized debt issuance costs and $14 million related
to the Call Premium.

Senior Notes due 2022

We have $600 million aggregate principal amount, 7.50% Senior Notes due 2022 (the ‘‘Senior Notes due
2022’’) which notes were issued pursuant to an indenture dated March 19, 2015 (the ‘‘2022 Indenture’’). The
Senior Notes due 2022 have not been registered under the Securities Act, and may not be offered or sold in the
U.S. absent registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. There were no repayments
during the year ended December 31, 2017. During the year ended December 31, 2016, we repurchased
$16 million of face value of notes at a weighted average price of 76% of par, resulting in a net gain of
approximately $3 million, which was included in ‘‘Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt’’ in the Consolidated
Statements of Operations.

The Indenture and the Senior Notes due 2022 provide, among other things, that the Senior Notes due 2022

are senior unsecured obligations of Tronox Finance and are guaranteed on a senior and unsecured basis by us

84

and certain of our other subsidiaries. Interest is payable on March 15 and September 15 of each year until their
maturity date of March 15, 2022. The terms of the 2022 Indenture, among other things, limit, in certain
circumstances, the ability of us to: incur certain additional indebtedness and issue preferred stock; make certain
dividends, distributions, investments and other restricted payments; sell certain assets; incur liens; agree to any
restrictions on the ability of certain subsidiaries to make payments to us; consolidate or merge with or into, or
sell substantially all of our assets to, another person; enter into transactions with affiliates; and enter into new
lines of business. At December 31, 2017 and December 31, 2016, debt issuance costs related to the Senior Notes
due 2022 of $8 million and $10 million, respectively, were recorded as a direct reduction of the carrying value of
the long-term debt as described below.

Senior Notes due 2025

On September 22, 2017, Tronox Finance plc, issued 5.75% senior notes due 2025 for an aggregate principal

amount of $450 million (the ‘‘Senior Notes due 2025’’), which notes were issued under an indenture dated
September 22, 2017 (the ‘‘2025 Indenture’’). The 2025 Indenture and the Senior Notes due 2025 provide among
other things, that the Senior Notes due 2025 are senior unsecured obligations of Tronox Finance plc and are
guaranteed on a senior and unsecured basis by us and certain of our other subsidiaries. The Senior Notes due
2025 have not been registered under the Securities Act, and may not be offered or sold in the U.S. absent
registration or an applicable exemption from registration requirements. Interest is payable on April 1 and October
1 of each year beginning on April 1, 2018 until their maturity date of October 1, 2025. The terms of the 2025
Indenture, among other things, limit, in certain circumstances, the ability of us and certain of our subsidiaries to:
incur secured indebtedness, engage in certain sale-leaseback transactions and merge, consolidate or sell
substantially all of our assets. The terms of the 2025 Indenture also include certain limitations on our
non-guarantor subsidiaries incurring indebtedness. Debt issuance costs of $9 million relating to the Senior Notes
due 2025 were recorded as a direct reduction of the carrying value of the long-term debt as described below and
will be amortized over the life of the Senior Notes due 2025.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2017, we had $232 million available under the $550 million Wells Fargo Revolver,
$61 million under the New ABSA Revolver and $1.1 billion in cash and cash equivalents. In addition, as of
December 31, 2017 we had restricted cash of $653 million, which included the $650 million of proceeds from
the Blocked Term Loan discussed above and $1 million of related interest.

Lease Financing

We have capital lease obligations in South Africa, which are payable through 2031 at a weighted average

interest rate of approximately 14%. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, assets recorded under capital lease
obligations were $23 million and $21 million, respectively. Related accumulated amortization was $8 million and
$6 million at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. During 2017, 2016, and 2015 we made principal
payments of less than $1 million for all periods.

At December 31, 2017, future minimum lease payments, including interest, were as follows:

Principal
Repayments

Interest

Total
Payments

2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1
1
1
1
1
14

$19

$ 3
3
2
2
2
10

$22

$ 4
4
3
3
3
24

$41

Bridge Facility

In connection with our acquisition of Alkali in 2015, we entered into a $600 million senior unsecured bridge

facility (the ‘‘Bridge Facility’’). The Bridge Facility was not utilized and terminated with the completion of the
purchase of Alkali. During 2015, we incurred $8 million of financing fees related to the Bridge Facility, which
were included in ‘‘Interest and debt expense, net’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

85

Debt Covenants

At December 31, 2017, we had no financial covenants in the Wells Fargo Revolver, the New ABSA
Revolver and the New Term Loan Facility, however, only the New ABSA Revolver had a financial maintenance
covenant that applies to local operations and only when the New ABSA Revolver is drawn upon.

Interest and Debt Expense, Net

Interest and debt expense, net of capitalized interest in the Consolidated Statements of Operations consisted

of the following:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Interest on Prior Term Loan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on New Term Loan Facility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on Senior Notes due 2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on Senior Notes due 2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest on Senior Notes due 2025 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of deferred debt issuance costs and discounts on debt . . . . . . .
Bridge facility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized interest . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total interest and debt expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 49
26
42
44
7
15
—
(2)
7

$188

$ 67
—
57
44
—
11
—
(3)
9

$185

$ 63
—
57
35
—
11
8
(6)
8

$176

In connection with obtaining debt, we incurred debt issuance costs, which are being amortized through the
respective maturity dates using the effective interest method for our long-term debt and on a straight line basis
for our Wells Fargo Revolver. At December 31, 2017, we had deferred debt issuance costs of $7 million related
to the Wells Fargo Revolver, which is recorded in ‘‘Other long-term assets’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
At December 31, 2017, we had $12 million and $27 million of debt discount and debt issuance costs,
respectively, related to the New Term Loan Facility, which was recorded as a direct reduction of the carrying
value of the long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2017, we had $9 million of
debt issuance costs, related to the Senior Notes due 2025, which was recorded as a direct reduction of the
carrying value of the long-term debt in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. At December 31, 2017 and
December 31, 2016, we had $8 million and $10 million, respectively, of debt issuance costs related to the Senior
Notes 2022, which were recorded as a direct reduction of the carrying value of the long-term debt in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.

16. Asset Retirement Obligations

Asset retirement obligations consist primarily of rehabilitation and restoration costs, landfill capping costs,

decommissioning costs, and closure and post-closure costs. Activity related to asset retirement obligations was as
follows:

Balance, January 1, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Remeasurement/translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in estimates, including cost and timing of cash flows . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements/payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, December 31, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended December 31,

2017

$76
1
5
5
—
(5)

$82

2016

$ 81
1
5
1
(11)
(1)

$ 76

86

Asset retirement obligations were classified as follows:
Current portion included in ‘‘Accrued liabilities’’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Noncurrent portion included in ‘‘Asset retirement obligations’’ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Asset retirement obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

2016

$ 3
79

$82

$ 3
73

$76

We used the following assumptions in determining asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2017:
inflation rates between 2.5% - 4.2% per year; credit adjusted risk-free interest rates between 7.0% -17.1%; the
life of mines between 12-27 years and the useful life of assets between 4-33 years.

During 2016, we amended our lease agreement for our TiO2 pigment facility in Botlek, the Netherlands,
which included an option to extend the lease term for an additional 25 years. This amendment increased the
estimated useful life used in determining the asset retirement obligation and consequently, we recognized a
$10 million reduction to this liability.

Environmental Rehabilitation Trust

In accordance with applicable regulations, we have established an environmental rehabilitation trust for the

prospecting and mining operations in South Africa, which receives, holds, and invests funds for the rehabilitation
or management of asset retirement obligations. The trustees of the fund are appointed by us, and consist of
sufficiently qualified employees capable of fulfilling their fiduciary duties. At both December 31, 2017 and 2016,
the environmental rehabilitation trust assets were $13 million, which were recorded in ‘‘Other long-term assets’’
in the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

17. Commitments and Contingencies

Leases—We lease office space, railcars, storage, and equipment under non-cancelable lease agreements,
which expire on various dates through 2030. Total rental expense related to operating leases recorded in ‘‘Cost of
goods sold’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations was $22 million, $21 million and $25 million during
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Total rental expense related to operating leases recorded in ‘‘Selling, general
and administrative expense’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, was $2 million each during 2017,
2016 and 2015.

At December 31, 2017, minimum rental commitments under non-cancelable operating leases were as

follows:

2018. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating

$19
8
4
4
3
6

$44

Purchase and Capital Commitments—At December 31, 2017, purchase commitments were $149 million for

2018, $55 million for 2019, $43 million for 2020, $34 million for 2021, $24 million for 2022, and $103 million
thereafter.

Letters of Credit—At December 31, 2017, we had outstanding letters of credit, bank guarantees, and

performance bonds of $46 million, of which $19 million were letters of credit issued under the Wells Fargo
Revolver, $20 million were bank guarantees issued by ABSA Bank Limited (‘‘ABSA’’), $5 million were bank
guarantees issued by Standard Bank and $2 million were performance bonds issued by Westpac Banking
Corporation.

Other Matters—From time to time, we may be party to a number of legal and administrative proceedings

involving legal, environmental, and/or other matters in various courts or agencies. These proceedings,

87

individually and in the aggregate, may have a material adverse effect on us. These proceedings may be
associated with facilities currently or previously owned, operated or used by us and/or our predecessors, some of
which may include claims for personal injuries, property damages, cleanup costs, and other environmental
matters. Current and former operations may also involve management of regulated materials that are subject to
various environmental laws and regulations including the Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation
and Liability Act, the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act or state equivalents. Similar environmental laws
and regulations and other requirements exist in foreign countries in which we operate.

On December 5, 2017, the U.S. Federal Trade Commission (FTC) filed an administrative complaint against

Tronox Limited, the National Industrialization Company of Saudi Arabia (‘‘TASNEE’’), National Titanium
Dioxide Company Limited (Cristal) and Cristal USA Inc. The complaint alleges that the proposed acquisition by
Tronox of the TiO2 business of Cristal would violate Section 7 of the Clayton Antitrust Act and Section 5 of the
FTC Act. The administrative complaint seeks, among other things, a permanent injunction to prevent the
transaction from being completed.

On January 23, 2018, Tronox Limited filed suit against the FTC in the U.S. District Court for the Northern

District of Mississippi. The complaint seeks a declaration that Tronox’s proposed acquisition of the TiO2
business of Cristal is lawful under Section 7 of the Clayton Antitrust Act and Section 5 of the FTC Act or, in the
alternative, an injunction barring the FTC from seeking to prevent the acquisition at a later date.

18. Shareholders’ Equity

The changes in outstanding Class A ordinary shares (‘‘Class A Shares’’) and Class B Shares for 2016 and

2017 were as follows:

Class A Shares:
Balance, January 1, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued for share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares cancelled for share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued upon warrants exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance, December 31, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued for share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares cancelled for share-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued upon options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Shares issued upon warrants exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exxaro Share Transaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

64,521,851
732,724
(89,062)
159

65,165,672
3,048,824
(623,920)
165,974
2,359,913
22,425,000

Balance, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

92,541,463

Class B Shares:
Balance, December 31, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exxaro Share Transaction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51,154,280
(22,425,000)

Balance, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

28,729,280

Warrants

We have outstanding Series A Warrants (the ‘‘Series A Warrants’’) and Series B Warrants (the ‘‘Series B
Warrants’’), together (the ‘‘Warrants’’). At December 31, 2017, holders of the Series A Warrants and the Series B
Warrants were entitled to purchase 6.02 and 6.03 of Class A Shares, respectively, and receive $12.50 in cash at
an exercise price of $51.21 for each Series A Warrant and $56.51 for each Series B Warrant. The Warrants have
a seven-year term from the date initially issued and expired on February 14, 2018. A holder may exercise the
Warrants by paying the applicable exercise price in cash or exercising on a cashless basis. The Warrants are
freely transferable by the holder. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, there were 37,033 and 239,306 Series A
Warrants outstanding, respectively, and 54,488 and 323,915 Series B Warrants outstanding, respectively.

88

Dividends

During 2017 and 2016, we declared and paid quarterly dividends to holders of our Class A Shares and

Class B Shares as follows:

Dividend per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total dividend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record date (close of business) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Dividend per share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total dividend. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Record date (close of business) . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Q1 2017
$0.045
6
$
March 6

Q1 2016
$0.25
$ 30
March 4

Q2 2017
$0.045
6
$
May 15

Q2 2016
$0.045
5
$
May 16

Q3 2017
$0.045
5
$

Q4 2017
$0.045
6
$

August 21

November 20

Q3 2016
$0.045
5
$

Q4 2016
$0.045
6
$

August 17

November 16

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) Attributable to Tronox Limited

The tables below present changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) by component for

2017, 2016 and 2015.

Balance, January 1, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, December 31, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, December 31, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other

comprehensive income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cumulative
Translation
Adjustment
$(281)
(215)

Pension
Liability
Adjustment
$(117)
12

Unrealized
Gains (losses) on
Derivatives
$—
—

—
$(496)
88

—
$(408)
96

—
$(312)

3
$(102)
8

2
$ (92)
(6)

8
$ (90)

—
$—
4

(1)
$ 3
(3)

(1)
$ (1)

Total
$(398)
(203)

3
$(598)
100

1
$(497)
87

7
$(403)

19. Share-based Compensation

Share-based compensation expense consisted of the following:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Restricted shares and restricted share units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
T-Bucks Employee Participation Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total share-based compensation expense (continuing operations)(1) . . . . . . . . . . .

$30
—
1

$31

$20
2
2

$24

$15
5
2

$22

(1)

Excludes $2 million, $1 million and less than $1 million of share-based compensation relating to discontinued operations. See Note 3.

Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan

On June 15, 2012, we adopted the MEIP, which permits the grant of awards that are comprised of incentive

options, nonqualified options, share appreciation rights, restricted shares, restricted share units, performance
awards, and other share-based awards, cash payments, and other forms as the compensation committee of the
Board of Directors (the ‘‘Board’’) in its discretion deems appropriate, including any combination of the above.
Subject to further adjustment, the maximum number of shares which may be the subject of awards (inclusive of
incentive options) is 20,781,225 Class A Shares. These shares were increased by 8,000,000 on the affirmative
vote of our shareholders on May 25, 2016.

89

Restricted Shares

We did not grant any restricted shares during 2017.

The following table presents a summary of activity for 2017:

Outstanding, January 1, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number
of Shares

284,400
(107,928)

Outstanding, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

176,472

Expected to vest, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

176,472

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

$6.09
8.00

$4.92

$4.92

At December 31, 2017, there was less than $1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to
nonvested restricted shares, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.0 years.
Since the restricted shares were granted to certain members of our Board, the unrecognized compensation
expense was not adjusted for estimated forfeitures. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of restricted shares
granted during 2016 and 2015 was $4.16 per share and $22.60 per share, respectively. The total fair value of
restricted shares that vested during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $1 million, $3 million, and $4 million, respectively.

Restricted Share Units (‘‘RSUs’’)

During 2017, we granted RSUs, which have time and/or performance conditions. Both the time-based

awards and the performance-based awards are classified as equity awards. For the time-based awards, 1,075
RSUs vested immediately, 14,053 RSUs vest ratably over a six-month period, 100,160 RSUs vest ratably over a
one-year period, 1,951 RSUs vest ratably over a twenty-eight month period, 12,869 RSUs vest ratably over a
thirty-one month period and 773,774 RSUs vest ratably over a three-year period, and are valued at the weighted
average grant date fair value. For the performance-based awards, 1,949 RSUs cliff vest at the end of twenty-eight
months, 154,639 RSUs cliff vest at the end of thirty-one months, 1,145,933 cliff vest at the end of the three
years and 883,538 RSUs cliff vest at the end of the forty months. Included in the performance-based awards are
788,588 RSUs for which vesting is determined based on a relative Total Stockholder Return (‘‘TSR’’) calculation
over the applicable measurement period. The TSR metric is considered a market condition for which we use a
Monte Carlo simulation to determine the grant date fair value. A total of 1,397,471 RSUs were granted, pursuant
to an Integration Incentive Award program (‘‘Integration Incentive Award’’) established in connection with the
Cristal Transaction, to certain executive officers and managers with significant integration accountability. If the
Cristal Transaction does not close by July 1, 2018, then the Integration Incentive Award granted will be
cancelled.

The following table presents a summary of activity for 2017:

Outstanding, January 1, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number
of Shares

5,587,331
3,089,941
(2,392,662)
(806,341)

Outstanding, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,478,269

Expected to vest, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,849,495

Weighted Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

$ 7.19
17.55
9.55
11.83

$11.33

$10.27

At December 31, 2017, there was $33 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to nonvested
RSUs, adjusted for estimated forfeitures, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of
2.0 years. The weighted-average grant-date fair value of RSUs granted during 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $17.55
per unit, $4.07 per unit, and $23.47 per unit, respectively. The total fair value of RSUs that vested during 2017,
2016 and 2015 was $23 million, $10 million and $6 million, respectively.

90

Options

The following table presents a summary of activity for 2017:

Outstanding, January 1, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Forfeited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expired . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of
Options

1,970,481
(165,974)
(4,273)
(93,101)

Outstanding, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,707,133

Expected to vest, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

794

Exercisable, December 31, 2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,706,339

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

Weighted
Average
Contractual
Life (years)

Intrinsic
Value

$21.19
20.10
21.98
21.58

$21.27

$22.69

$21.27

6.38

$—

4.29

7.01

4.29

$ 1

$—

$ 1

The aggregate intrinsic values in the table represent the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between
our share price at the indicated dates and the options’ exercise price, multiplied by the number of in-the-money
options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their in-the-money
options at the end of the year. The amount will change based on the fair market value of our stock. Total
intrinsic value of options exercised during 2017 was $1 million. No options were exercised during 2016 and
consequently, there was no related intrinsic value. Total intrinsic value of options exercised during 2015 was less
than $1 million. We issue new shares upon the exercise of options. During 2017, we received $3 million in cash
for the exercise of stock options. Since no stock options were exercised during 2016, no cash was received.
During 2015, we received $3 in cash for the exercise of stock options.

At December 31, 2017 and 2016, unrecognized compensation expense related to options, adjusted for

estimated forfeitures, was nil and less than $1 million, respectively.

We did not issue any options during 2017 and 2016. During 2015, we granted 2,380 with a weighted

average grant date fair value of $7.04.

Fair value of options granted is determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model

and is recognized in earnings on a straight-line basis over the employee service period of three years, which is
the vesting period. The assumptions used in the Black-Scholes option-pricing model on the grant date were as
follows:

The fair value is based on the closing price of our Class A Shares on the grant date. The risk-free interest

rate is based on U.S. Treasury Strips available with a maturity period consistent with the expected life
assumption. The expected volatility assumption is based on historical price movements of our peer group.
Dividend yield is determined based on the Company’s expected dividend payouts.

T-Bucks EPP

During 2012, we established the T-Bucks EPP for the benefit of certain qualifying employees of our South
African subsidiaries. We funded a T-Bucks Trust (the ‘‘Trust’’) with R124 million (approximately $15 million),
which was used to acquire Class A Shares. On May 31, 2017, the shares held by the Trust became fully vested.
The Trust sold 546,403 shares in June 2017 on behalf of the participants who elected to receive cash. The
remaining participants elected to receive shares.

Long-Term Incentive Plan

We have a long-term incentive plan (the ‘‘LTIP’’) for the benefit of certain qualifying employees of Tronox

subsidiaries in South Africa and Australia. The LTIP is classified as a cash settled compensation plan, and is
re-measured to fair value at each reporting date. At December 31, 2017 and 2016, the LTIP plan liability was nil
and less than $1 million, respectively.

91

20. Pension and Other Postretirement Healthcare Benefits

We sponsor a noncontributory defined benefit retirement plans, the qualified retirement plan in the United

States, a collective defined contribution plan in the Netherlands, and a South Africa postretirement healthcare
plan. We previously sponsored a defined benefit retirement plan in the Netherlands until it was settled in 2016 as
described below.

We sponsored a noncontributory defined benefit plan that covered eligible employees of Alkali, which

became effective from the acquisition date of Alkali, on April 1, 2015 (the ‘‘Alkali Qualified Plan’’). Our
obligations under the Alkali Qualified Plan transferred with the Alkali Sale and $5 million in actuarial losses and
prior service costs previously included in ‘‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’’ were recognized as a loss
within ‘‘Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax’’ on the Statement of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 2017.

U.S. Plans

Qualified Retirement Plan — We sponsor a noncontributory qualified defined benefit plan (funded) (the

‘‘U.S. Qualified Plan’’) in accordance with the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (‘‘ERISA’’)
and the Internal Revenue Code. We made contributions into funds managed by a third party, and those funds are
held exclusively for the benefit of the plan participants. Benefits under the U.S. Qualified Plan were generally
calculated based on years of service and final average pay. The U.S. Qualified Plan was frozen and closed to
new participants on June 1, 2009.

Postretirement Healthcare Plan — We sponsored an unfunded U.S. postretirement healthcare plan. Effective

January 1, 2015, we eliminated the pre-65 retiree medical programs. Participants who retired prior to January 1,
2015 received a one-time subsidy aggregating to less than $1 million towards medical cost through a health
reimbursement arrangement that we established for them. Benefits under this plan for participants who have not
retired by January 1, 2015 were eliminated.

Foreign Plans

The Netherlands Plan — On January 1, 2007, we established the TDF-Botlek Pension Fund Foundation (the

‘‘Netherlands Plan’’) to provide defined pension benefits to qualifying employees of Tronox Pigments (Holland)
B.V. and its related companies. During the fourth quarter of 2014, in response to the tax and pension legislation
changes in the Netherlands, our benefit committee approved to end future benefit accruals under the Netherlands
Plan and replaced it with a multiemployer plan effective January 1, 2015 (the ‘‘Netherlands Collective
Contribution Plan’’). As a result of this decision, effective from January 1, 2015, benefit contributions
commenced under the multiemployer plan while the Netherlands Plan became effectively ‘‘frozen’’.

In August 2016, we agreed with the Board of Trustees of the Netherlands Pension Plan to settle the VPL

portion of the plan. The VPL Plan was a small transition arrangement established in 2005 for the benefit of
certain of our Botlek employees, which was added to the Netherlands Pension Plan when it was established in
2007. Under the settlement agreement, we transferred $1 million into accounts established with industrywide
Pension Fund for the Graphical Industry (‘‘PGB’’) for the benefit of the participants as a full settlement of our
obligation under the VPL Plan. Accordingly, during 2016, we recognized a curtailment gain of $1 million
included in ‘‘Other income (expense), net’’ in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This amount had
previously been recognized in ‘‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheet as
prior service credits. Consequently, as of August 31, 2016, we remeasured the plan assets and the projected
benefit obligation of the Netherlands Pension Plan which resulted in €19 million (approximately $21 million) of
actuarial losses which was recognized in ‘‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’’ during 2016.

On November 1, 2016 (the ‘‘Settlement Date’’), we agreed with the Board of Trustees to settle the
remaining portion of the Netherlands Pension Plan. Under the settlement agreement, we transferred the
Netherlands Botlek Pension Plan assets of $126 million to the PGB for the benefit of the participants as a full
settlement of our obligation under the Pension Plan. Consequently, we derecognized the pension liability from
our Consolidated Balance Sheet, resulting in a settlement gain of $31 million, which was recorded in
‘‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’’ in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2016 and a
settlement loss of $2 million, which was recorded in the ‘‘Other income (expense) in the Consolidated Statement
of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2016.

92

Netherlands Collective Contribution Plan — Effective January 1, 2015, we ceased offering benefits under
the Netherlands Plan to qualifying employees and established a multiemployer plan, the collective contribution
plan (‘‘CDC Plan’’). Under the CDC plan, employees earn benefits based on their pensionable salaries each year
determined using a career average benefit formula. The collective bargaining agreement between us and the
participants require us to contribute 20.6% of the participants’ pensionable salaries into a pooled fund
administered by the industrywide PGB. The pensionable salary is the annual income of employees subject to a
cap, which is adjusted each year to reflect the current requirements of the Netherlands’ Wages and Salaries Tax
Act of 1964. Our obligation under this plan is limited to the fixed percentage contribution we make each year.
That is, investment risks, mortality risks and other actuarial risks typically associated with a defined benefit plan
are borne by the employees. Additionally, the employees are entitled to any returns generated from the
investment activities of the fund.

The following table outlines the details of our participation in the CDC Plan for the year ended

December 31, 2017. The CDC disclosures provided herein are based on the fund’s 2016 annual report, which is
the most recently available public information. Based on the total plan assets and accumulated benefit obligation
information in the plan’s annual report, the zone status was green as of December 31, 2016. A green zone status
indicates that the plan was at least 80 percent funded. The ‘‘FIP/RP Status Pending/Implemented’’ column
indicates whether a financial improvement plan (FIP) or a rehabilitation plan (RP) is either pending or has been
implemented. As of December 31, 2017, we are not aware of any financial improvement or rehabilitation plan
being implemented or pending. The last column lists the expiration date of the collective-bargaining agreement to
which the plan is subject.

Pension Protection Act
Zone Status

Tronox Contributions

Pension
Fund

PGB

EIN/Pension
Plan
Number

NA

2017

N/A

2016

Green

FIP/RP
Pending/
Implemented

No

2017

4

2016

4

Expiration
date of
Collective-
Bargaining
Agreement

Surcharge
Imposed

No

12/31/2019

On the basis of the information available in the CDC Plan 2016 annual report, our contribution does not
constitute more than 5 percent of the total contribution to the plan by all participants. During 2017, the fund did
not impose any surcharge on us.

South Africa Postretirement Healthcare Plan — As part of the Exxaro Transaction, we established a
post-employment healthcare plan, which provides medical and dental benefits to certain Namakwa Sands
employees, retired employees and their registered dependents (the ‘‘South African Plan’’). The South African
Plan provides benefits as follows: (i) members employed before March 1, 1994 receive 100% post-retirement and
death-in-service benefits; (ii) members employed on or after March 1, 1994 but before January 1, 2002 receive
2% per year of completed service subject to a maximum of 50% post-retirement and death-in-service benefits;
and, (iii) members employed on or after January 1, 2002 receive no post-retirement and death-in-service benefits.

Benefit Obligations and Funded Status — The following provides a reconciliation of beginning and ending

benefit obligations, beginning and ending plan assets, funded status, and balance sheet classification of our
pension and postretirement healthcare plans as of and for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016. The
benefit obligations and plan assets associated with our principal benefit plans are measured on December 31.

93

Retirement Plans
Year Ended December

2017

2016

Postretirement Healthcare
Plans
Year Ended December
2016
2017

Change in benefit obligations:
Benefit obligation, beginning of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net actuarial (gains) losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency rate changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contributions by plan participants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtailment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Plan amendments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Benefit obligation, end of year. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Change in plan assets: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employer contributions(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency rate changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administrative expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fair value of plan assets, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$369
—
15
25
—
—
—
—
—
(26)
(6)

377

262
33
19
—
—
(26)
(6)

282

$ 506
—
19
43
(5)
—
—
(155)
—
(34)
(5)

369

375
41
15
(126)
(4)
(34)
(5)

262

$ 8
—
1
(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

8

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

$ 7
—
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

8

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

Net over (under) funded status of plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (95)

$(107)

$ (8)

$ (8)

Classification of amounts recognized in the Consolidated

Balance Sheets:

Accrued liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension and postretirement healthcare benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ —
(95)

(95)
92

$ —
(107)

(107)
87

$ —
$ (8)

(8)
(2)

$ —
(8)

(8)
(2)

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (3)

$ (20)

$(10)

$(10)

(1) We expect 2018 contributions to be $21 million for the qualified retirement plan.

At December 31, 2017, our qualified retirement plan was in an underfunded status of $95 million. As a
result, we have a projected minimum funding requirement of $11 million for 2017, which will be payable in
2018.

Accumulated Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Projected Benefit Obligation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fair value of plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Funded status-underfunded . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

US Qualified Plan
Year Ended December 31,

2017

$ 377
(377)
282

$ (95)

2016

$ 369
(369)
262

$(107)

94

Expected Benefit Payments — The following table shows the expected cash benefit payments for the next

five years and in the aggregate for the years 2023 through 2027:

Retirement Plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Postretirement Healthcare Plan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2018

$28
$—

2019

$28
$—

2020

$27
$—

2021

$27
$—

2022

$27
$—

2023-2027

$119
$ 2

Retirement and Postretirement Healthcare Expense — The table below presents the components of net
periodic cost associated with the U.S. and foreign plans recognized in the Consolidated Statements of Operations
for 2017, 2016, and 2015:

Retirement Plans
Year Ended December 31,
2015
2016
2017

Postretirement Healthcare Plans
Year Ended December 31,
2016

2017

2015

Net periodic cost:

Service cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net amortization of actuarial loss . . . . . . . . . . .
Curtailment gains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlement losses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total net periodic cost - continuing operations . . .

$ —
15
(15)
3
—
—

$ 3

$ —
19
(19)
2
(1)
2

$ 3

$ —
19
(22)
3
—
—

$ —

$—
1
—
—
—
—

$ 1

$—
1
—
—
—
—

$ 1

$—
1
—
—
—
—

$ 1

Pretax amounts that are expected to be reclassified from ‘‘Accumulated other comprehensive loss’’ in the

Consolidated Balance Sheets to retirement expense during 2018 related to unrecognized actuarial losses are
$3 million for the U.S. retirement plans and unrecognized settlement gain of $3 million for the U.S.
postretirement healthcare plan.

Assumptions — The following weighted average assumptions were used to determine net periodic cost:

2017

2016

2015

US Qualified
Plan

Netherlands
Plan

US Qualified
Plan

Netherlands
Plan

US Qualified
Plan

Netherlands
Plan

Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected return on plan assets. . . . . . . . .

4.25%
5.64%

—%
—%

4.75%
5.64%

2.25%
4.25%

3.75%
5.95%

2.25%
4.75%

The following weighted average assumptions were used in estimating the actuarial present value of the

plans’ benefit obligations:

Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.71%

—%

4.25%

1.50%

4.75%

2.25%

2017

2016

2015

US Qualified
Plan

Netherlands
Plan

US Qualified
Plan

Netherlands
Plan(1)

US Qualified
Plan

Netherlands
Plan

(1)

This reflects the rate used to calculate the final Netherlands Plan benefit obligation immediately before the Settlement Date.

During 2014, the Society of Actuaries issued an updated mortality table and improvement scale that

indicated significant mortality improvement over the prior table. We concluded that the updated table represented
our best estimate of mortality. In 2017, the mortality improvement scale that had been used in the 2016 was
updated by the Society of Actuaries to reflect actual experience in mortality rates. We updated our mortality
assumption accordingly resulting in a decrease of $3 million to our projected benefit obligation as compared to
December 31, 2016.

95

The following weighted-average assumptions were used in determining the actuarial present value of the

South African Plan:

Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.54% 10.87% 10.94%

2017

2016

2015

Expected Return on Plan Assets — In forming the assumption of the U.S. long-term rate of return on plan
assets, we considered the expected earnings on funds already invested, earnings on contributions expected to be
received in the current year, and earnings on reinvested returns. The long-term rate of return estimation
methodology for the U.S. Qualified Plan is based on a capital asset pricing model using historical data and a
forecasted earnings model. An expected return on plan assets analysis is performed which incorporates the
current portfolio allocation, historical asset-class returns, and an assessment of expected future performance using
asset-class risk factors. Our assumption of the long-term rate of return for the Netherlands Plan was developed
considering the portfolio mix and country-specific economic data that includes the rates of return on local
government and corporate bonds.

Discount Rate — The discount rates selected for estimation of the actuarial present value of the benefit
obligations of the U.S. Qualified Plan were 3.71% and 4.25% at December 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The
2017 and 2016 rates were selected based on the results of a cash flow matching analysis, which projected the
expected cash flows of the plans using a yield curves model developed from a universe of Aa-graded U.S.
currency corporate bonds (obtained from Bloomberg) with at least $50 million outstanding. Bonds with features
that imply unreliable pricing, a less than certain cash flow, or other indicators of optionality are filtered out of
the universe. The remaining universe is categorized into maturity groups, and within each of the maturity groups
yields are ranked into percentiles.

The discount rates selected for estimating the actuarial present value of the benefit obligations of the
Netherlands Plan was 1.50% as of the Settlement Date. This rate was based on the long-term Euro corporate
bond index rates that correlate with anticipated cash flows associated with future benefit payments.

Plan Assets — Asset categories and associated asset allocations for our funded retirement plans at

December 31, 2017 and 2016:

December 31,

2017

2016

Actual

Target

Actual

Target

Qualified Plan:

Equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

50%
48
2

50%
48
2

36%
61
3

38%
62
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100% 100% 100% 100%

The U.S. Qualified Plan is administered by a board-appointed committee that has fiduciary responsibility for
the plan’s management. The committee maintains an investment policy stating the guidelines for the performance
and allocation of plan assets, performance review procedures and updating of the policy. At least annually, the
U.S. plan’s asset allocation guidelines are reviewed in light of evolving risk and return expectations.

Substantially all of the plan’s assets are invested with nine mutual fund managers, eight separately managed

equity accounts, one fixed-income fund manager and one money-market fund manager. To control risk, equity
fund managers are prohibited from entering into the following transactions, (i) investing in commodities,
including all futures contracts, (ii) purchasing letter stock, (iii) short selling, and (iv) option trading. In addition,
equity fund managers are prohibited from purchasing on margin and are prohibited from purchasing Tronox
securities. Equity managers are monitored to ensure investments are in line with their style and are generally
permitted to invest in U.S. common stock, U.S. preferred stock, U.S. securities convertible into common stock,
common stock of foreign companies listed on major U.S. exchanges, common stock of foreign companies listed
on foreign exchanges, covered call writing, and cash and cash equivalents.

Fixed-income fund managers are prohibited from investing in (i) direct real estate mortgages or commingled

real estate funds, (ii) private placements above certain portfolio thresholds, (iii) tax exempt debt of state and

96

local governments above certain portfolio thresholds, (iv) fixed income derivatives that would cause leverage,
(v) guaranteed investment contracts, and (vi) Tronox securities. They are permitted to invest in debt securities
issued by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities, commercial paper rated A3/P3, Federal Deposit
Insurance Corporation insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances and corporate debt obligations. Each
fund manager’s portfolio has an average credit rating of A or better.

The fair values of pension investments as of December 31, 2017 are summarized below:

U.S. Qualified Plan
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2017, Using:

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Asset category:

Commingled Equity Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt securities:

Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash & cash equivalents:

Commingled cash equivalents fund . . . . . . . .
Total at fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$94(1)
47(2)

—
68(4)

7(5)
$ 216

$ —
—

66(3)
—

—
$ 66

$—
—

—
—

—
$—

Total

$ 94
47

66
68

7
$282

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

For commingled equity funds owned by the funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level
1 inputs.

For equity securities, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1 inputs.

For corporate related debt securities, the fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are level 2
inputs.

For government related debt securities, the fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1
inputs.

(5)

For commingled cash equivalents funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1 inputs.

The fair values of pension investments as of December 31, 2016 are summarized below:

U.S. Qualified Plan
Fair Value Measurement at December 31, 2016, Using:

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
(Level 3)

Asset category:

Commingled Equity Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt securities:

Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash & cash equivalents:

Commingled cash equivalents fund . . . . . . . .
Total at fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$95(1)

—
81(3)

8(4)
$ 184

$ —

78(2)
—

—
$ 78

$—

—
—

—
$—

Total

$ 95

78
81

8
$262

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

For commingled equity funds owned by the funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level
1 inputs.
For corporate related debt securities, the fair value is based on observable inputs of comparable market transactions, which are level 2
inputs.

For government related debt securities, the fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1
inputs.
For commingled cash equivalents funds, fair value is based on observable quoted prices on active exchanges, which are level 1 inputs.

97

Defined Contribution Plans

U.S. Savings Investment Plan

In 2006, we established the U.S. Savings Investment Plan (the ‘‘SIP’’), a qualified defined contribution plan
under section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under the SIP, our regular full-time and part-time employees
contribute a portion of their earnings, and we match these contributions up to a predefined threshold. Our
matching contribution is 100% of the first 6% of employee contributions. Effective January 1, 2013, we
established a profit sharing contribution at 6% of employees’ pay (‘‘discretionary contribution’’). The
discretionary contribution is subject to our Board of Directors’ approval each year. The Board approved
discretionary contribution of 6% of pay for 2017, 2016 and 2015. Our matching contribution to the SIP vests
immediately; however, our discretionary contribution is subject to vesting conditions that must be satisfied over a
three-year vesting period. Contributions under the SIP, including our match, are invested in accordance with the
investment options elected by plan participants. Compensation expenses associated with our matching
contribution to the SIP was $4 million, $3 million and $4 million during 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively,
which was included in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of
Operations. Compensation expense associated with our discretionary contribution was $5 million in 2017 and
$4 million each in 2016 and 2015, which was included in ‘‘Selling, general and administrative expenses’’ in the
Consolidated Statements of Operations.

U.S. Benefit Restoration Plan

In 2006, we established the U.S. Benefit Restoration Plan (the ‘‘BRP’’), a nonqualified defined contribution
plan, for employees whose eligible compensation is expected to exceed the IRS compensation limits for qualified
plans. Under the BRP, participants can contribute up to 20% of their annual compensation and incentive. Our
matching contribution under the BRP is the same as the SIP. Our matching contribution under this plan vests
immediately to plan participants. Contributions under the BRP, including our match, are invested in accordance
with the investment options elected by plan participants. Compensation expense associated with our matching
contribution to the BRP was $1 million each during 2017, 2016 and 2015 which was included in ‘‘Selling,
general and administrative expenses’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

21. Related Party Transactions

Exxaro

We had service level agreements with Exxaro for research and development that expired during the third

quarter of 2017. We also had service level agreements with Exxaro for services such as tax preparation and
information technology, which expired during 2015. Such service level agreements amounted to expenses of
$1 million each during 2017 and 2016 and $2 million during 2015 which was included in ‘‘Selling general and
administrative expense’’ in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Additionally, we had a professional
service agreement with Exxaro related to the Fairbreeze construction project, which ended in January 2017. We
made payments to Exxaro of less than $1 million during 2017, $2 million during 2016 and $3 million during
2015, which were capitalized in ‘‘Property, plant and equipment, net’’ in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. At
both December 31, 2017 and 2016, we had less than $1 million of related party payables, which were recorded
in ‘‘Accounts payable’’ in our Consolidated Balance Sheets.

22. Segment Information

Segment performance is evaluated based on segment operating income (loss), which represents the results of

segment operations before unallocated costs, such as general corporate expenses not identified to a specific
segment, interest expense, other income (expense), net and income tax expense or benefit.

98

Net sales and income (loss) from operations were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Net sales (TiO2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,698

$1,309

$1,510

TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 261
(123)

$

Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and debt expense, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain (loss) on extinguishment of debt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

138
(188)
(28)
(9)

6
(62)

(56)
(185)
4
(27)

$ (127)
(74)

(201)
(176)
—
28

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (87)

$ (264)

$ (349)

Net sales to external customers, by geographic region, based on country of production, were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

U.S. operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
International operations:

Australia . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
South Africa . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Netherlands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 663

$ 570

$ 621

452
350
233

352
200
187

380
313
196

Total net sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,698

$1,309

$1,510

Net sales from external customers for each similar product were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

Pigment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Titanium feedstock and co-products . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Electrolytic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total net sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,211
434
53

$1,698

$ 966
286
57

$1,309

$ 976
426
108

$1,510

During 2017, 2016 and 2015 our ten largest third-party TiO2 customers represented 35%, 36% and 40%,

respectively, of our consolidated net sales. During 2017, no single customer accounted for 10% of our
consolidated net sales. During both 2016 and 2015, one pigment customer accounted for 10% of our consolidated
net sales.

Depreciation, amortization and depletion were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total depreciation, amortization and depletion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$177
5

$182

$171
6

$177

$247
6

$253

Capital expenditures were as follows:

Year Ended December 31,
2016

2015

2017

TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total capital expenditures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$89
2

$91

$84
2

$86

$164
1

$165

99

Total assets of continuing operations were as follows:

TiO2 segment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Corporate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

$3,058
1,806

$4,864

2016

$2,991
302

$3,293

Property, plant and equipment, net and mineral leaseholds, net, by geographic region, were as follows:

U.S. operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
International operations:

South Africa. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Australia. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
The Netherlands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

December 31,

2017

$ 193

2016

$ 194

919
849
39

844
896
35

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,000

$1,969

23. Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The following represents our unaudited quarterly results for the years ended December 31, 2017 and 2016.
These quarterly results were prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and reflect all
adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair statement of the results, and were of a
normal recurring nature.

Unaudited quarterly results for 2017:

1st Quarter

2nd Quarter

3rd Quarter

4th Quarter

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 378
315

$ 421
327

$ 435
329

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax . . . . .
Net income (loss)(2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited(2) . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share, basic and

63
(53)
15

(38)
3

$ (41)

$

94
(17)
22

5
2

3

diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(0.48)

$(0.16)

$(0.26)

$ —

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share, basic and
diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 0.13

$ 0.18

$(1.81)

$ —

(1)

Includes a loss of $233 million on the Alkali Sale.

(2) During the fourth quarter of 2017, we recorded out-of-period adjustments that should have been recorded previously that decreased net

income (loss) from continuing operations by $2 million and decreased income from continuing operations per share by $0.01. After
evaluating the quantitative and qualitative aspects of the adjustments, we concluded the effect of these adjustments, individually and in
the aggregate, was not material to our previously issued interim and annual consolidated financial statements and is not material to our
2017 consolidated financial statements.

100

$464
339

125
2
—

2
2

106
(25)
(216)(1)
(241)
6

$ (247)

$ —

Unaudited quarterly results for 2016:

1st Quarter

2nd Quarter

3rd Quarter

4th Quarter

Net sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of goods sold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 285
291

$ 333
295

$ 339
291

Gross profit (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from continuing operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of tax . . . . .

Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest . . . . . . .

(6)
(114)
20

(94)
(1)

Net income (loss) attributable to Tronox Limited . . . . . . . . . .

$ (93)

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share, basic. . . . . .

$(0.97)

Income (loss) from continuing operations per share, diluted . . . .

$(0.97)

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share, basic . . . .

$ 0.17

Income (loss) from discontinued operations per share, diluted . .

$ 0.17

38
(62)
12

(50)
2

$ (52)

$(0.55)

$(0.55)

$ 0.11

$ 0.11

48
(62)
23

(39)
(2)

$ (37)

$(0.53)

$(0.53)

$ 0.20

$ 0.20

$ 352
298

54
99
24

123
2

$ 121

$0.84

$0.81

$0.21

$0.20

101

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

As of December 31, 2017, our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (‘‘CEO’’)

and Chief Financial Officer (‘‘CFO’’), has conducted an evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures.
Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were
effective as of December 31, 2017.

Management’s Report on Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting

Management of Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate

internal controls over financial reporting. Internal controls over financial reporting is a process designed under
the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the Company’s financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

Our internal controls over financial reporting include those policies and procedures that:

•

•

•

pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company;

provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that our
receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of the Company’s
management and directors; and

provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use
or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting as of December 31,
2017. In making this assessment, management used the criteria in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013)
set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Based on our
assessment using those criteria, management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2017 was effective.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal controls over financial reporting may not prevent or detect
misstatements. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or
procedures may deteriorate.

The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2017 has
been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their
report, which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes to our internal control over financial reporting during the quarter ended
December 31, 2017 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal
control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not Applicable.

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our executive officers, members of the Board of Directors, including its audit

committee and audit committee financial experts, as well as information regarding our Code of Business Conduct

102

and Ethics that applies to our Chief Executive Officer and senior financial officers, will be presented in Tronox
Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders, which will be filed not
later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is
incorporated herein by reference.

The information required to be furnished pursuant to this item with respect to compliance with Section 16(a)

of the Exchange Act will be set forth under the caption ‘‘Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting
Compliance’’ in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders,
and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

Information regarding executive officer and director compensation will be presented in Tronox Limited’s
definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after
the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder
Matters

Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management and related

shareholder matters will be presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2017 annual general
meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual
Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table provides information as of December 31, 2017 regarding securities issued under the

Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (the ‘‘Tronox Limited MEIP’’).

Number of securities
to be issued upon
exercise of
outstanding restricted
shares, restricted share
units and options(2)

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
restricted shares,
restricted
share units and options

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
the second column)(1)

Equity compensation plans approved by

security holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,361,874

Equity compensation plans not approved by

security holders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,361,874

$13.48

—

$13.48

8,531,623

—

8,531,623

(1)

(2)

Each restricted share unit awarded under the Tronox Limited MEIP was granted at no cost to the persons receiving them and represents
the contingent right to receive the equivalent number of Class A Shares.
Excludes Warrants, as they were not issued under the Tronox Limited MEIP.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will be
presented in Tronox Limited’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders,
filed not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is
incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

Information regarding principal accounting fees and services will be presented in Tronox Limited’s

definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual general meeting of shareholders, filed not later than 120 days after
the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.

103

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

(a) The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

1. Consolidated Financial Statements

Reference is made to the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Consolidated Financial Statement

Schedules appearing at ‘‘Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data’’ in this report.

2. Consolidated Financial Statement Schedules

All financial statement schedules are omitted as they are inapplicable, or the required information has been

included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

2.1

2.2

2.3

2.4

3.1

4.1

4.2

4.3

Amended and Restated Transaction Agreement by and among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited,
Concordia Acquisition Corporation, Concordia Merger Corporation, Exxaro Resources Limited,
Exxaro Holdings Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro International BV, dated as of April 20,
2012 (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the proxy statement/prospectus which forms a part of
the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on May 4,
2012).

Stock and Asset Purchase Agreement, dated as of February 3, 2015, by and among FMC Corporation,
Tronox US Holdings Inc. and Tronox Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the
Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 4, 2015).

Transaction Agreement, dated as of February 21, 2017, by and between Cristal, Tronox Limited and
Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands Coöperatief W.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1
of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 21, 2017).

Amendment No. 1 to Transaction Agreement, dated as of March 1, 2018, by and among The National
Titanium Dioxide Company Limited, Tronox Limited and Cristal Inorganic Chemicals Netherlands
Coöperatief W.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed
by Tronox Limited on March 1, 2018).

Constitution of Tronox Limited, as amended on November 3, 2016 (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 3.1 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 filed
by Tronox Limited on February 24, 2017).

Indenture, dated as of August, 20, 2012, among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other
guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on
November 14, 2012).

First Supplemental Indenture, dated August 29, 2012, to the Indenture, dated as of August, 20, 2012
among Tronox Finance LLC, Tronox Limited, the other guarantors named therein and Wilmington
Trust, National Association, as Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 of the Quarterly
Report on Form 10-Q filed by Tronox Limited on November 14, 2012).

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 1, 2015, to the Indenture dated as of August 20, 2012
among Tronox Finance LLC, the guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National
Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Report on Form
8-K filed on April 7, 2015).

104

4.4

4.5

4.6

4.7

4.8

4.9

4.10

4.11

4.12

4.13

Sixth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20, 2012
among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.8 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 filed by Tronox Limited
on February 24, 2017).

Seventh Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20,
2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein
and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.9 of
the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 filed by Tronox
Limited on February 24, 2017).

Eighth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 22, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20, 2012
among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).

Ninth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2017, to the Indenture, dated August 20,
2012 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein
and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of
the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on September 7, 2017).

Indenture dated as of March 19, 2015 between Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC to be merged into
Tronox Finance LLC and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).

First Supplemental Indenture dated as of April 1, 2015 among Tronox Finance LLC (as successor to
Evolution Escrow Issuer LLC), the parties named in Schedule I thereto and Wilmington Trust,
National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Report on
Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).

Second Supplemental Indenture, dated as of January 31, 2017, to the Indenture, dated March 19,
2015 among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein
and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of
the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 filed by Tronox
Limited on February 24, 2017).

Third Supplemental Indenture, dated as of February 14, 2017, to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2015
among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.10 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2016 filed by Tronox Limited
on February 24, 2017).

Fourth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of March 22, 2017, to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2015
among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).

Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of September 1, 2017, to the Indenture, dated March 19, 2015
among Tronox Finance LLC, as Issuer, Tronox Limited as Parent, the guarantors named therein and
Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 of the
Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on September 7, 2017).

105

4.14

4.15

4.16

10.1

10.2*

10.3*

10.4

10.5

10.6*

10.7*

10.8

Fourth Amendment to Credit and Guaranty Agreement dated July 28, 2017, by and among, inter alia,
Tronox Limited, Tronox Australia Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Management PTY Limited, Tronox
Holdings Cooperatief U.A., Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. and Goldman Sachs Bank USA
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox
Limited on August 7, 2017).

Consent to Amended and Restated Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement dated July 28, 2017, by
and among, inter alia, Tronox Limited, Tronox Australia Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Management
PTY Limited, Tronox Holdings Cooperatief U.A., Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. and UB AG,
Stamford Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed
by Tronox Limited on August 7, 2017).

Indenture, dated as of September 22, 2017 among Tronox Finance plc, the Company and the other
guarantors named therein and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on
September 25, 2017).

Amended and Restated Warrant Agreement, dated as of June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox
Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Computershare Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Computershare
Trust Company, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Current Report on Form 8-K
filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).

Employment Agreement entered into as of February 14, 2011 by and between Tronox LLC and John
D. Romano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4
filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on December 30, 2011).

Shareholders’ Agreement by and between Tronox Sands Holdings PTY Limited, Tronox Limited,
Exxaro Resources Limited, Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited and Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary
Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by
Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).

Shareholder’s Deed dated June 15, 2012 by and between Tronox Limited, Thomas Casey, and Exxaro
Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K
filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated February 8, 2012, by and among Tronox Pigments
(Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Incorporated, the guarantors listed therein, the lenders listed therein, and
Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 of the Registration Statement
on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on March 22, 2012).

Employment Agreement entered into as of April 19, 2012 by and between Tronox LLC and Thomas
J. Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed
by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on April 23, 2012).

Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of the
Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by Tronox Limited and Tronox Incorporated on April 23,
2012).

First Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated May 11, 2012, by and among Tronox
Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Incorporated, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, the requisite lenders
party thereto and the guarantors party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited
on February 28, 2013).

106

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14*

10.15

10.16*

10.17*

10.18*

10.19*

Technical Amendment to the Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated June 12, 2012, by and among
Goldman Sachs Bank USA and Tronox Pigments (Netherlands) B.V. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.13 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012
filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).

Transition Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited, Exxaro
Resources Limited, Exxaro TSA Sands Proprietary Limited and Exxaro Sands (Proprietary) Limited
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox
Limited on June 20, 2012).

Template Project Services Agreement, dated June 15, 2012, by and between Tronox Limited and
Exxaro Resources Limited (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of the Current Report on Form
8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).

Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated June 18, 2012, among Tronox Incorporated, Tronox
Limited, Guarantors named therein, Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Arranger,
Bookmanager, Documentation Agent and Syndication Agent, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Issuing
Bank, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, UBS Loan Finance LLC, as Swingline Lender, and
UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as Australian Security Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7
of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on June 20, 2012).

First Amendment to Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated August 8, 2012, among Tronox
Limited, the other borrowers and the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto and UBS AG,
Stamford Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for
the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited on February 28, 2013).

First Amendment to that Certain Employment Agreement entered into as of February 22, 2013, by
and between Tronox LLC and Thomas J. Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.21 of the
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2012 filed by Tronox Limited
on February 28, 2013).

Single Tenant Industrial Lease by and between Le Petomane XXVII, Inc., not individually but solely
in the representative capacity as the Trustee of the Nevada Environmental Response Trust, and
Tronox LLC dated February 14, 2011 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Annual
Report on Form 10-K filed by Tronox Limited on February 27, 2014).

Tronox Limited Annual Performance Bonus Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B of the
Definitive Proxy Statement of Tronox Limited filed on Form DEF 14A on April 15, 2013).

Employment Agreement entered into as of July 25, 2013 by and between Tronox LLC and Jean
Francois Turgeon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed
by Tronox Limited on August 7, 2013).

Employment Agreement entered into as of March 1, 2014 by and between Tronox LLC and Richard
L. Muglia (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed by
Tronox Limited on May 8, 2014).

Third Amendment to Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated as of April 23, 2014, among Tronox
Pigments (Netherlands) B.V., Tronox Limited, the guarantors listed therein, the lender parties thereto
and Goldman Sachs Bank USA (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on
Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on April 29, 2014).

107

10.20*

10.21*

10.22*

10.23*

10.24

10.25*

10.26*

10.27*

10.28*

10.29*

10.30*

10.31*

10.32*

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of August 14, 2014 by and between Tronox
Limited, Tronox LLC and Thomas Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2014).

Amendment to Certain Equity-Based Award Agreements, dated as of August 14, 2014, between
Tronox Limited and Thomas Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 20, 2014).

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of December 23, 2014 by and between
Tronox LLC and John Romano (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed on December 23, 2014).

Employment Agreement dated as of June 15, 2012 by and between Tronox LLC and Willem Van
Niekerk (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.29 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K filed by
Tronox Limited on February 26, 2015).

Amended and Restated Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement dated as of April 1, 2015, among
Tronox Incorporated, Tronox Limited, Tronox Pigments (Holland) B.V., Guarantors named therein,
Lenders named therein, UBS Securities LLC, as Lead Arranger and Bookmanager, Goldman Sachs
Bank USA and Royal Bank of Canada, as Co-Syndication Agents, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands
Branch and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Co-Documentation Agents, UBS AG, Stamford Branch, as
Issuing Bank, Swingline Lender, Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and UBS AG, Stamford
Branch, as Australian Security Trustee (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Report on Form 8-K filed on April 7, 2015).

Separation Agreement, General Release and Waiver of Claims entered into as of July 14, 2016 by and
between Tronox Limited and Katherine C. Harper (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2016).

Employment Agreement Extension entered into as of July 13, 2016 by and between Tronox LLC and
Jean-Francois Turgeon (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on July 15, 2016).

Amendment No. 2 to Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on September 9, 2016).

Employment Agreement entered into as of October 17, 2016 by and between Tronox LLC and
Timothy Carlson (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K filed on October 17, 2016).

Amendment No. 1 to Tronox Limited Management Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit A of the Definitive Proxy Statement of Tronox Limited filed on Form DEF 14A on
April 8, 2016).

General form of executive officer Time-Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement (incorporated by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).

General form of executive officer Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement (incorporated
by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).

General form of Director Grant Restricted Share Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 4, 2017).

108

10.33*

10.34*

10.35*

10.36*

10.37*

10.38

10.39

General form of Cristal Transaction Integration Synergy Savings Performance-Based Restricted Share
Unit Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Report on Form 10-Q
filed on May 4, 2017).

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2017, by and among Tronox Limited, Tronox US
Holdings Inc., Tronox Alkali Corporation, and Genesis Energy, L.P. (incorporated by reference to
Exhibit 2.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Tronox Limited on August 2, 2017).

Interim CEO Agreement dated as of May 15, 2017 by and between Tronox LLC and Peter Johnston
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Amended Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by
Tronox Limited on May 18, 2017).

First Amendment to Amended and Restated Employment Agreement dated as of May 15, 2017 by
and between Tronox Limited, Tronox LLC and Thomas Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit
10.2 of the Amended Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by Tronox Limited on May 18, 2017).

Retirement Agreement dated as of May 15, 2017 by and between Tronox Limited, Tronox LLC and
Thomas Casey (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Amended Current Report on Form
8-K/A filed by Tronox Limited on May 18, 2017).

Revolving Syndicated Facility Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2017 among the Company,
Tronox US Holdings Inc. and certain of the Company’s other subsidiaries along with a syndicate of
lenders and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as issuing bank, swingline lender, administrative
agent, and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form
8-K filed by Tronox Limited on September 25, 2017).

First Lien Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2017 among Tronox Finance LLC
and its unrestricted subsidiary Tronox Blocked Borrower LLC, and certain of the Company’s other
subsidiaries, along with a syndicate of lenders and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent
and collateral agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K
filed by Tronox Limited on September 25, 2017).

10.40*

Employment Agreement by and between Tronox LLC and Jeffry N. Quinn (incorporated by reference
to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K/A filed by Tronox Limited on November 28,
2017).

10.41*

General form of executive officer Performance-Based Restricted Share Unit Agreement for grants
dated on or after February 8, 2018 (filed herewith).

12.1

14.1

21.1

23.1

31.1

31.2

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges.

Tronox Code of Business Conduct, Code of Ethics (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 14.1 to the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on February 27, 2014).

Subsidiaries of Tronox Limited.

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm for Tronox
Limited.

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Jeffry N. Quinn.

Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Timothy Carlson.

109

32.1

32.2

95

Section 1350 Certification for Jeffry N. Quinn.

Section 1350 Certification for Timothy Carlson.

Mine Safety Disclosures.

101.INS XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

*

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary.

None.

110

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on this 1st
day of March 2018.

SIGNATURES

TRONOX LIMITED
(Registrant)

By:

Name:
Title:

/s/ Timothy Carlson

Timothy Carlson
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

/s/ Jeffry N. Quinn

Jeffry N. Quinn

/s/ Timothy Carlson

Timothy Carlson

/s/ James T. Bagley

James Bagley

/s/ Ilan Kaufthal

Ilan Kaufthal

/s/ Daniel Blue

Daniel Blue

/s/ Mxolisi Mgojo

Mxolisi Mgojo

/s/ Andrew P. Hines

Andrew P. Hines

/s/ Wayne A. Hinman

Wayne A. Hinman

/s/ Peter Johnston

Peter Johnston

/s/ Sipho Nkosi

Sipho Nkosi

Title

Date

President,
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Senior Vice President, Chief
Financial Officer and Director
(Principal Financial Officer)

Vice President and Controller
(Principal Accounting Officer)

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

Non-executive Chairman of the Board

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

March 1, 2018

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

111

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Jeffry N. Quinn, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 of Tronox

Limited (the ‘‘Registrant’’);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to

state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,

fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to

be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of

internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2018

/s/ JEFFRY N. QUINN

Jeffry N. Quinn
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
EXCHANGE ACT RULE 13A-14(A)/15D-14(A)
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Timothy Carlson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 of Tronox

Limited (the ‘‘Registrant’’);

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to

state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such
statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report,

fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the
Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure

controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over
financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to

be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in
which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial

reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this

report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the
period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that
occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an
annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and

5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of

internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s
board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over

financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process,
summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 1, 2018

/s/ TIMOTHY CARLSON

Timothy Carlson
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 32.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C § 1350, the undersigned officer of Tronox Limited (the ‘‘Registrant’’) hereby certifies

that the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the ‘‘Report’’) fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of the Registrant.

March 1, 2018

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as

part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

/s/ JEFFRY N. QUINN

Jerrty N. Quinn
President and Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 32.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, the undersigned officer of Tronox Limited (the ‘‘Registrant’’) hereby certifies

that the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2017 (the ‘‘Report’’) fully
complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), as applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
and that the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition
and results of operations of the Registrant.

March 1, 2018

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350 and is not being filed as

part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

/s/ TIMOTHY CARLSON

Timothy Carlson
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Tronox Limited is a public limited 
company registered under the laws 
of the State of Western Australia, 
Australia. We have global  
operations in North America,  
Europe, Africa and Australia.

CORPORATE OFFICES
Australia:
Tronox Limited
Lot 22, Mason Road 
Kwinana Beach, 
Western Australia 6167

Postal address:  
P.O. Box 305  
Kwinana, Western Australia 6966  
+61.(0)8.9365.1333

United Kingdom: 
Tronox Limited
25 Bury Street  
3rd Floor
London, SW1Y 6AL

United States:
Tronox Limited
263 Tresser Boulevard
Suite 1100
Stamford, Connecticut 06901  
+1.203.705.3800

This report is made available to 
shareholders in advance of the  
annual meeting of shareholders to  
be held at 9 a.m. EDT, May 23,  
2018, in Stamford, Connecticut.  
The proxy will be made available  
to shareholders on or about  
April 19, 2018, at which time  
proxies for the meeting will be 
requested.

Information about Tronox, including  
financial information, can be found 
on our website: www.tronox.com.

STOCK LISTING
New York Stock Exchange

TICKER SYMBOL
TROX

CERTIFICATIONS
Tronox has included as Exhibits 
31.1, 31.2, 32.1, and 32.2 to its  
Annual Report on Form 10-K for  
fiscal year 2017 filed with the  
Securities and Exchange  
Commission certificates of its  
Chief Executive Officer and  
Chief Financial Officer certifying, 
among other things, the information 
contained in the Form 10-K.

Annually, Tronox submits to the  
New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)  
a certificate of Tronox’s Chief  
Executive Officer certifying that  
he was not aware of any violation  
by Tronox of NYSE corporate  
governance listing standards  
as of the date of the certification.

SHAREHOLDER INFORMATION
Our Internet site www.tronox.com 
provides shareholders easy  
access to Tronox’s financial  
results. Shareholders may also  
contact Brennen Arndt, Senior Vice  
President, Investor Relations  
at +1.203.705.3800.

Tronox and its operating unit names, logos, and  
product service designators are either the registered  
or unregistered trademarks or trade names of  
Tronox Limited and its subsidiaries.

S H A R E H O L D E R   I N F O R M AT I O N

TRANSFER AGENT  
AND REGISTRAR
Computershare Trust  
Company, N.A.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES  
TELEPHONE
Toll-free: +1.800.736.3001 
International: +1.781. 575.3100

SHAREHOLDER  
CORRESPONDENCE
Regular Mail
Computershare Investor Services 
P.O. Box 505000 
Louisville, Kentucky, 40233-5000

Overnight Mail
Computershare Investor Services
462 South 4th Street  
Suite 1600 
Louisville, Kentucky, 40202

SHAREHOLDER EMAIL 
INQUIRIES
web.queries@computershare.com

ELECTRONIC ACCESS
www.edocumentview.com/trox

Copies of the Tronox 2017  
Annual Report and proxy  
statement are available at  
www.edocumentview.com/trox.  

The company’s IFRS statement  
was made available on April 13, 
2018. A copy of the company’s  
Form 10-K and other  filings with  
the U.S. Securities and Exchange 
Commission are available at  
investor.tronox.com/sec.cfm.

10

This paper has been certified to meet the environmental and social standards of the  
Forest Stewardship Council® (FSC®) and from well-managed forests and other  
responsible sources.

 
T R O N O X   L I M I T E D  AT  A  G L A N C E

Tronox’s global operations are positioned to meet  

our customers’ needs around the world.

AUSTRALIA
Lot 22, Mason Road 
Kwinana Beach, 
Western Australia 6167

UNITED KINGDOM
25 Bury Street  
3rd Floor
London, SW1Y 6AL

UNITED STATES
263 Tresser Boulevard 
Suite 1100
Stamford, Connecticut 
06901